Upload
doannhi
View
244
Download
4
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
THE PERFORMANCE OF STEEL FRAMED
STRUCTURES WITH FIN-PLATE CONNECTIONS IN
FIRE
By Mariati Taib
A thesis submitted to the Department of Civil and Structural Engineering in
partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
July 2012
ABSTRACT
The behaviour of joint in global frames subjected to fire is greatly affected by
combination of forces and moments, originating from restraint to thermal expansion as
well as large vertical deflection of structural members. In order to facilitate the design
process of achieving robustness in simple beam-to-column connection, a component-
based model has been developed for fin-plate connections in this research. The new
model represents the realistic behaviour of such connections under the influence of
combined forces, together with the high rotations which can occur at the ends of beams,
during building fires. The key aspect of the component method is that it characterises the
force-displacement properties of each active component at any temperature, as a non-
linear “spring”. The temperature-dependent characteristics of each individual component
in each bolt row are defined, including the failure mechanism of the weakest component,
based on experimental and analytical findings. Primary failure modes adopted for fin
plate connections are bearing/block shear of the plates and bolt shear. A major additional
complication is force reversal in components, which may occur simply because of
temperature change, without any physical reversal of displacement. The Massing Rule
has been adopted to incorporate the effect of permanent deformations at any temperature
when force reversal occurs. To account for the bolt slip phases, force transitions between
tensile and compressive quadrants take place only when positive contact between a bolt
and the edge of its bolt hole is re-established.
The results of high-temperature tests on the fin-plate connections have been used to verify
the model for isolated joints at ambient and elevated temperatures. The developed
component model for the fin-plate connection has been extended for the application of
moment-resisting beam splice connection, also known as the “column-tree” system. The
component-based connection model has also been used to study joint behaviour in
structural sub-frame analyses. Incorporating it into non-linear finite element software will
enable engineers to generate the global structural interactions for steel and composite
structures in fire scenarios, up to and including connection failure. The new connection
element has been validated with reasonable agreement with the available experimental
data, showing its capability of capturing the key features of the overall connection
interaction in a realistic manner, based on the underlying mechanics, coupled with
evidence from experimental data.
i
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
First and foremost, I wish to give all praise and thanks to Almighty God for taking me
through the most challenging episode of my life, bestowing wisdom and perseverance to
complete this research.
I would like to express my sincere gratitude to my supervisor Professor Ian Burgess, for
his continuous support and encouragement during the completion of this research. It
would have been more difficult without his inspiring advice, comments and devoted time.
His excellent guidance has served me well, and I will always remain grateful to him.
I would also like to acknowledge the financial support given by the Ministry of Higher
Education, Malaysia and Universiti Sains Malaysia during the course of this research.
Throughout this period, I am deeply indebted to my dear husband, Al-Zilal for his
patience and unconditional support. I also want to extend my appreciation and gratitude
to my family for their love, trust and endless encouragement to get through this time.
Last but not least, my heartfelt thanx to my past and present colleagues of Room D120
and friends who have shared the joy and hardship as postgraduate students. It has been a
great privilege to spend the years of great friendship during my time in Sheffield.
DECLARATION
Except where specific reference has been made to the work related to others, this thesis
represents the result of my own work. No part of it has been submitted to any University
for a degree, diploma or other qualification.
Mariati Taib
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABSTRACT ........................................................................................................ i
Acknowledgement ............................................................................................... i
Declaration........................................................................................................... i
Table of contents ................................................................................................ ii
List of figures .................................................................................................... vi
List of tables .................................................................................................... xiii
Notations .......................................................................................................... xiv
1. INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................... 1
1.1. Steel as a building material ............................................................................ 1
1.1.1. Design provision for fire in Europe ................................................... 2
1.1.2. Accidental fires in buildings .............................................................. 4
1.2. Fire design in steel structure ........................................................................... 6
1.2.1. Fire curves and growth ....................................................................... 6
1.2.2. Steel material properties at elevated temperature .............................. 8
1.2.3. Steel structures in fire ...................................................................... 13
1.3. Scope of research ......................................................................................... 17
1.4. Thesis layout ................................................................................................ 18
2. LITERATURE REVIEW OF MODELLING STEEL CONNECTIONS
IN FIRE ............................................................................................................ 20
2.1. Steel connections .......................................................................................... 20
2.1.1. Stiffness classification ..................................................................... 20
2.1.2. Fin-plate connection ......................................................................... 23
2.2. Background research on fin-plate connections ............................................ 27
iii
2.2.1. Review of experimental investigations on fin-plate
connection at ambient temperature. ................................................. 28
2.2.2. Review of research on fin-plate connection at elevated
temperature ...................................................................................... 33
2.3. Mechanical modelling .................................................................................. 39
2.3.1. Application of component method at elevated temperature ............ 40
2.4. Summary ...................................................................................................... 47
3. CHARACTERISATION OF FIN-PLATE CONNECTION
COMPONENTS ................................................................................................ 49
3.1. Design philosophy of fin-plate shear connections ....................................... 49
3.2. Failure modes of fin-plate shear connection ................................................ 52
3.2.1. Bearing of plates .............................................................................. 54
3.2.2. Bolt shearing .................................................................................... 66
3.2.3. Friction ............................................................................................. 72
3.3. Behaviour of equivalent bolt-row component .............................................. 80
3.4. Summary ...................................................................................................... 83
4. COMPONENT-BASED MODEL FOR FIN-PLATE CONNECTION .... 85
4.1. Arrangement of a single bolted joint component model .............................. 85
4.1.1. Equivalent component for single bolt-row ...................................... 86
4.2. Application of fin-plate connection in Vulcan ............................................. 89
4.3. Development of finite element software Vulcan .......................................... 91
4.3.1. General solution procedure in Vulcan ............................................. 91
4.3.2. Derivation of the component-based stiffness matrix model ............ 94
4.3.3. Validation of the stiffness matrix in Vulcan .................................... 99
4.4. Load reversal of component model ............................................................ 102
4.4.1. Masing rule approach .................................................................... 103
4.4.2. Modified Masing Rule at elevated temperatures ........................... 105
4.5. Influence of combined action on connection elements .............................. 107
iv
4.6. Summary .................................................................................................... 113
5. APPLICATION OF COMPONENT-BASED MODEL ......................... 114
5.1. Single-bolted connection behaviour ........................................................... 114
5.2. Multi-bolt-row fin-plate connection behaviour .......................................... 116
5.2.1. Fin-plate connection subjected to axial force................................. 116
5.2.2. Fin-plate connection subjected to inclined force ........................... 119
5.3. Application of component model at elevated temperature ......................... 124
5.4. Force and displacement of connections...................................................... 128
5.5. Parametric study ......................................................................................... 130
5.5.1. Influence of the bolt grade and sizes .............................................. 130
5.5.2. Influence of the connection position with respect to neutral
axis ................................................................................................. 134
5.5.3. Influence of loading angle ............................................................. 138
5.6. Application of the fin-plate connection element ........................................ 139
5.6.1. Influence of connection in isolated beam ...................................... 139
5.6.2. Influence of the applied load ratio ................................................. 142
5.7. Connection response on two-dimensional sub-frame. ............................... 144
5.8. Summary .................................................................................................... 151
6. COMPONENT-BASED MODEL FOR MOMENT-RESISTING
BEAM-SPLICE CONNECTION ................................................................... 153
6.1. Beam splice connection design philosophy................................................ 153
6.2. Mechanical model development ................................................................. 155
6.2.1. Proposed component-based model................................................. 156
6.3. Validation of lap-joint connection using preloaded bolts........................... 157
6.4. Beam-splice component model validation ................................................. 159
6.4.1. Material properties ......................................................................... 161
6.4.2. Temperature distribution ................................................................ 163
6.5. Implementation in Vulcan .......................................................................... 165
v
6.5.1. Individual component spring characteristic ................................... 168
6.6. Component model validation ..................................................................... 171
6.6.1. Deflection at mid-span ................................................................... 171
6.6.2. Moment distribution ...................................................................... 173
6.6.3. Change of connection bolt axial forces and displacements ........... 176
6.6.4. Component characteristic .............................................................. 179
6.6.5. End restraint of beams ................................................................... 181
6.6.6. Position of connection with respect to the beam ........................... 184
6.7. Summary .................................................................................................... 187
7. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS .................................. 189
7.1. Summary of the completed works ............................................................. 189
7.1.1. Characterisation of the component’s elements .............................. 189
7.1.2. Development of the fin-plate connection component
method ........................................................................................... 190
7.1.3. Application of the fin-plate component model .............................. 191
7.2. Recommendation for further work ............................................................. 192
7.2.1. Component detailing ...................................................................... 193
7.2.2. Overall connection response .......................................................... 193
7.3. Concluding remark ..................................................................................... 194
References ....................................................................................................... 195
Appendix ......................................................................................................... 206
vi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1.1 Damage to the column-tree system (FEMA Report, 2002) .................... 5
Figure 1.2 Fire curves and development stages ........................................................ 7
Figure 1.3 (a) Specific heat and (b) Thermal conductivity of steel (CEN, 2005a) ... 9
Figure 1.4 Stress-strain relationship for carbon steel at elevated temperatures
(Franssen, et al., 2009). ......................................................................... 11
Figure 1.5 Reduction factor for structural members (CEN, 2005a). ...................... 12
Figure 1.6 Reduction factor for bolts and weld, EN 1993-1-2 (CEN, 2005a) ........ 12
Figure 1.7 Change of deflections, internal forces and moment in a) unrestrained
beam and b) axially restrained beam during fire ................................... 14
Figure 1.8 Axial force on beam-to-column connection (Burgess, 2008). .............. 16
Figure 1.9 Forces causing local buckling (Burgess, 2008). .................................... 17
Figure 2.1 Types of connection configuration in steel frames (CEN, 2005b). ....... 20
Figure 2.2 Common beam-to-column connections with stiffness classification
(Spyrou, 2007b). ................................................................................... 21
Figure 2.3 Stiffness classification for bolted joints, adapted from (Steurer,
1999) ..................................................................................................... 23
Figure 2.4 Typical fin-plate connection on (a) major axis (b) minor axis .............. 24
Figure 2.5 Fin-plate connection used in notched beams (a) single- (b) double- .... 24
Figure 2.6 Fin-plate connection for tubular column: (a) rectangular, (b) circular. . 25
Figure 2.7 Loading paths for fin-plate connections (Jaspart and Domenceau,
2008) ..................................................................................................... 26
Figure 2.8 Design resistances for individual components of fin-plate connection
(Jaspart and Demonceau, 2008) ............................................................ 27
Figure 2.9 Astaneh (1989a) test setup schematic diagram .................................... 30
Figure 2.10 Hierarchy of failure modes from yielding to fracture (Astaneh and
McMullin, 2002). .................................................................................. 31
Figure 2.11 Arrangement of structural members and connections in the tested
fire compartment (Wald, et al., 2006b). ................................................ 34
Figure 2.12 Cardington fin-plate connection failure during and after test ............... 34
Figure 2.13 Three-dimensional modelling of Sarraj (2007b) using Abaqus ............ 36
Figure 2.14 The test setup in University of Sheffield (Yu, et al., 2009). ................. 36
Figure 2.15 Buckling of the beam with fin-plate connection (Wang, et al., 2011). . 38
Figure 2.16 Tschemmernegg and Humer (1988) Spring model ............................... 40
vii
Figure 2.17 Yu et al. (2009) fin-plate connection component model ...................... 42
Figure 2.18 Hu (2009) component model for partial depth end-plate connection ... 43
Figure 2.19 Idealisation of component characteristics (Jaspart, 2002; Block,
2006) ..................................................................................................... 44
Figure 2.20 Ductility of end-plate connection (Simoes da Silva, et al., 2001; Del
Savio, et al., 2009). ............................................................................... 44
Figure 2.21 Cruciform beam-to-column connection (a) Geometry of joint (b)
Mechanical model (c) Basic non-linear model (d) Equivalent elastic
model (Simoes da Silva, et al., 2001). .................................................. 45
Figure 2.22 Definition of the reference point and permanent deformation (Block,
2006). .................................................................................................... 47
Figure 3.1 Beam-to-column rotation for simple connection (Astaneh, 1989a). ..... 49
Figure 3.2 Geometrical detail of a single-bolt lap-joint ......................................... 50
Figure 3.3 Load transfer mechanism in a bolted joint; (a) frictional force, (b)
bearing stress......................................................................................... 51
Figure 3.4 Typical deformation of lap joint with a single bolt subjected to single
shear (Sarraj, 2007b) ............................................................................. 52
Figure 3.5 Fin-plate connection failure mode; a) plate bearing and b) bolt
shearing ................................................................................................. 53
Figure 3.6 Other failure modes for single lap-joint; a) Net section failure, b)
Block shear failure and c) End-tearout failure (Ibrahim, 1995). ........... 54
Figure 3.7 Bearing stress area. ............................................................................... 55
Figure 3.8 Bearing stresses in bolted plates; a) Elastic, b) elastic-plastic and c)
Nominal. ............................................................................................... 55
Figure 3.9 Rex and Easterling (2003) Test setup. .................................................. 56
Figure 3.10 Rex and Easterling (2003) bearing stiffness model. ............................. 57
Figure 3.11 Rex and Easterling (2003) bending and shear stiffness model. ............ 59
Figure 3.12 Comparison of the plate bearing component up to yield. ..................... 64
Figure 3.13 Plate bearing characteristic for component model. ............................... 64
Figure 3.14 Temperature-dependent plate bearing characteristic for component
model; a) tensile and b) compressive. .................................................. 66
Figure 3.15 a) Single-shear failure and b) Double-shear failure. ............................. 67
Figure 3.16 Force-displacement graph for M20 bolt with thread or shank in shear
plane (Owens, 1992). ............................................................................ 68
viii
Figure 3.17 Sarraj (2007b) three-dimensional finite element model of single
bolted joint. ........................................................................................... 68
Figure 3.18 Residual area of bolt at post-yielding stage. ......................................... 71
Figure 3.19 Bolt shearing force-displacement graph in “tension” and
“compression”. ...................................................................................... 71
Figure 3.20 Temperature-dependent bolt shearing characteristics. .......................... 72
Figure 3.21 The friction resistance in double bolted joint ........................................ 72
Figure 3.22 Frank and Yura typical force-displacement curve for sandblasted
surface. .................................................................................................. 73
Figure 3.23 Rex and Easterling Bi-linear rational model ......................................... 74
Figure 3.24 Direction of bolt deformation for; a) oversized bolt hole and b)
slotted bolt hole ..................................................................................... 76
Figure 3.25 Sarraj’s frictional force-displacement relationship ............................... 78
Figure 3.26 Friction force-displacement curve at ambient temperature ................... 79
Figure 3.27 Temperature-dependent friction force-displacement curve .................. 80
Figure 3.28 Force-displacement characteristics for single-bolted joint
components. .......................................................................................... 81
Figure 3.29 Equivalent bolt-row component of a bolted lap joint ............................ 82
Figure 3.30 The non-linear response of a bolted lap joint ........................................ 83
Figure 4.1 Component-based model for a single-bolted lap-joint .......................... 86
Figure 4.2 Arrangement of component model in a bolted lap-joint ....................... 89
Figure 4.3 Beam-to-column arrangement of fin-plate connection in Vulcan ......... 90
Figure 4.4 Position of the centre of rotation of the connection .............................. 91
Figure 4.5 Newton-Raphson procedure .................................................................. 93
Figure 4.6 Simplified model of fin-plate connection component–based model ..... 95
Figure 4.7 Degrees-of-freedom of a two-noded spring element............................. 95
Figure 4.8 Two-noded spring element .................................................................. 100
Figure 4.9 Displacement and rotation of node j (Case 1) ..................................... 101
Figure 4.10 Displacement and rotation of node j (Case 2) ..................................... 101
Figure 4.11 Loading-initial-unloading sequence in typical force-displacement
graph (Azinamimi, et al., 1987) .......................................................... 103
Figure 4.12 Hysteresis behaviour using a modified Masing Rule. ......................... 104
Figure 4.13 The force-displacement relationship incorporating unloading phase
with temperature change. .................................................................... 106
Figure 4.14 Actual displacement pattern of bolt-rows ........................................... 108
ix
Figure 4.15 Kulak’s elliptical curve model ............................................................ 109
Figure 4.16 Component-model for combined forces in multiple bolt-rows ........... 109
Figure 4.17 Vertical and horizontal translations of the bolts. ................................ 110
Figure 4.18 Uniaxial component, Fu of the bolt ..................................................... 110
Figure 4.19 The failure envelopes for the actual and available, resistance
capacities of components .................................................................... 111
Figure 4.20 Implementation of Masing Rule in Vulcan ......................................... 112
Figure 5.1 Richard et al. (1980) single lap-joint specimen geometry and
dimensions. ......................................................................................... 114
Figure 5.2 Force-displacement comparison curves .............................................. 116
Figure 5.3 Hu (2011) test setup and specimen detail. .......................................... 117
Figure 5.4 (a) Tear-out failure in the beam web (b) Deformation in the bolts ..... 118
Figure 5.5 Force-displacement response for connection subjected to normal
tension (Ambient temperature) ........................................................... 118
Figure 5.6 Force-displacement response for connection subjected to normal
tension (elevated temperatures) .......................................................... 119
Figure 5.7 Yu et al. (2009) test setup ................................................................... 120
Figure 5.8 Geometry of the test specimen ............................................................ 121
Figure 5.9 Detailing of the tested fin-plate connection ........................................ 121
Figure 5.10 Force-rotation comparisons at loading angle 35° at ambient
temperature ......................................................................................... 122
Figure 5.11 Force-rotation comparisons at loading angle 55° at ambient
temperature ......................................................................................... 123
Figure 5.12 Comparisons of test results to the component model (load angle 35°)
at steady state temperature .................................................................. 125
Figure 5.13 Comparisons of test results to the component model (load angle 55°) at
steady state temperature ...................................................................... 126
Figure 5.14 Force-displacement curves of individual bolts, and the column
flange component. ............................................................................... 128
Figure 5.15 Partial unloading of bottom bolt (B3) ................................................. 129
Figure 5.16 Loading and unloading sequence ........................................................ 130
Figure 5.17 Force-displacement response for ambient temperature with load
angle 35° ............................................................................................. 132
Figure 5.18 Force-displacement response for T=550°C with load angle 35° ........ 132
x
Figure 5.19 Force-displacement response for ambient temperature with load
angle 35° ............................................................................................. 133
Figure 5.20 Force-displacement response for T=550°C with load angle 35°......... 134
Figure 5.21 Position of connection in respect to top beam flange .......................... 134
Figure 5.22 Force-rotation response for ambient temperature with varying
connection positions (shown in Figure 5.21) ...................................... 135
Figure 5.23 Force-rotation response for T=550°C with varying connection
positions (shown in Figure 5.21) ......................................................... 135
Figure 5.24 Comparison of maximum resistances for T=20°C and T=550°C ....... 136
Figure 5.25 Forces and displacements of bolts for T=20°C and T=550°C (refer
Figure 5.21) ......................................................................................... 136
Figure 5.26 Direction of horizontal forces on the bolt. .......................................... 137
Figure 5.27 Movements of bolt group for a) Model TP5 and b) Model TP8 ......... 138
Figure 5.28 Comparison force-rotation curve with loading angle 35°-55° ............ 138
Figure 5.29 The force-rotation response of combined forces at temperature
550°C .................................................................................................. 139
Figure 5.30 (a) Detailing of the connection element (b) The arrangement of the
isolated beam with connection elements. ............................................ 140
Figure 5.31 Midspan deflection of the beam .......................................................... 141
Figure 5.32 End moment in the connection for axially restrained. ........................ 141
Figure 5.33 Change of contraflexure point in beam during loading ....................... 142
Figure 5.34 Influence of load ratio on different connection temperatures. ............ 143
Figure 5.35 Top bolt forces of the connection (critical bolts). ............................... 143
Figure 5.36 Force-displacement graph of the bolt component for case (a) LR=
0.3; (b) LR= 0.7................................................................................... 143
Figure 5.37 Two-dimensional subframe model ...................................................... 145
Figure 5.38 Vertical displacement of the mid-span at the heating bay .................. 146
Figure 5.39 Vertical displacement at mid-span with two connection temperature
regimes ................................................................................................ 147
Figure 5.40 Rotation response of the connection element ...................................... 148
Figure 5.41 Component forces in the connection (Tc=0.8Tb). .............................. 148
Figure 5.42 Component displacements in the connection (Tc=0.8Tb). ................. 149
Figure 5.43 Force-displacement graphs of the components ................................... 150
Figure 5.44 Axial forces in the connection............................................................. 150
Figure 5.45 Change of bending moment during heating phase. ............................. 151
xi
Figure 6.1 Forces in splice connection ................................................................. 154
Figure 6.2 A bolted double-splice butt joint......................................................... 155
Figure 6.3 Component model of single bolted lap-joint. ..................................... 156
Figure 6.4 Component-based model of two-bolt row subjected to (a) tension;
(b) compression................................................................................... 156
Figure 6.5 Hirashima et al. (2007) lap-joint test specimen .................................. 158
Figure 6.6 Arrangement of the test specimen inside the electric furnace. ........... 158
Figure 6.7 Force- deflection response of double-bolted joint with M16 bolt. ..... 159
Figure 6.8 Force- deflection response of double-bolted joint with M20 bolt. ..... 159
Figure 6.9 The symmetric test setup .................................................................... 161
Figure 6.10 Connection details for (a) Test 2 (b) Tests 3 and 4 ............................. 161
Figure 6.11 Strength reduction factors for a) SN 400B steel b) F10T bolts. ......... 162
Figure 6.12 ISO 834 Temperature curve for Test 3 ............................................... 163
Figure 6.13 Fire protection scheme on mid-span section. ...................................... 164
Figure 6.14 Fire protection scheme on support section. ......................................... 164
Figure 6.15 Fire protection scheme at joint section. .............................................. 164
Figure 6.16 Fire protection scheme on section between joint and mid-span. ........ 165
Figure 6.17 Average temperatures at position (a) support (b) mid-span (c) joint .. 165
Figure 6.18 Simplified component model arrangement for double-splice butt-
joint ..................................................................................................... 166
Figure 6.19 Arrangement of one bolt row component model in beam splice
connection. .......................................................................................... 167
Figure 6.20 Component-based model arrangement in Vulcan. (Note that u1 is the
relative mean displacement across the whole connection). ................ 168
Figure 6.21 Tensile force-displacement characteristic for cover plate and beam
flange in bearing. ................................................................................ 169
Figure 6.22 Tensile force-displacement characteristic for cover plate and beam
web in bearing. .................................................................................... 169
Figure 6.23 Compressive force-displacement characteristic for cover plate and
beam flange in bearing. ....................................................................... 169
Figure 6.24 Compressive force-displacement characteristic for cover plate and
beam web in bearing. .......................................................................... 170
Figure 6.25 Tensile and compressive force-displacement characteristic bolt
shearing component. ........................................................................... 170
Figure 6.26 Mid-span deflection of Test 2 ............................................................. 172
xii
Figure 6.27 Mid-span deflection of Test 3 ............................................................. 172
Figure 6.28 Mid-span deflection of Test 4 ............................................................. 173
Figure 6.29 Positions at which moments are plotted in Figures 6.30-6.32 ............ 174
Figure 6.30 Moment distribution along the beam for Test 2 .................................. 175
Figure 6.31 Moment distribution along the beam for Test 3 .................................. 175
Figure 6.32 Moment distribution along the beam for Test 4 .................................. 175
Figure 6.33 Axial bolt-row forces on the beam splice connection ......................... 177
Figure 6.34 The friction and lap-joint forces on the flange splice. ......................... 177
Figure 6.35 Bolt displacements on the beam splice connections ........................... 178
Figure 6.36 Comparison of predicted upper beam flange forces for Tests 2 and 3.179
Figure 6.37 Bolt behaviour on upper flange splice. ............................................... 179
Figure 6.38 Friction component (a) Frict-A; (b) Frict-B and (c) Frict-C. .............. 180
Figure 6.39 Mid-span deflection comparison for Test 3. ....................................... 180
Figure 6.40 Comparison of the bolt forces on upper flange splice. ........................ 181
Figure 6.41 Partial-strength connection (Test 2) .................................................... 183
Figure 6.42 Full-strength connection (Test 3) ........................................................ 183
Figure 6.43 Full-strength connection (Test 4) ........................................................ 183
Figure 6.44 Axial forces for the case with end restraint. ........................................ 184
Figure 6.45 Positions of connection along the beam span ..................................... 185
Figure 6.46 Bending Moment in connection for various connection positions ...... 186
Figure 6.47 End moment at support for various connection positions ................... 186
Figure 6.48 Bending moment at mid-span for various connection positions ......... 186
xiii
LIST OF TABLES
Table 3.1 Plate bearing curve fit parameter Ω ...................................................... 59
Table 3.2 Tensile curve-fit values at different temperatures in the case of small
end distance (e2 ≤ 2.0db) ........................................................................ 63
Table 3.3 Compressive curve-fit values at different temperatures in the case of
large end distance (e2 ≥ 3.0db) ............................................................... 63
Table 3.4 Reduction factor for bolts in shear. ....................................................... 69
Table 3.5 Bolt shearing parameters at respective temperatures ............................ 69
Table 3.6 Values of ks ........................................................................................... 76
Table 3.7 Classification of surfaces assumed for the use of slip coefficient
values. ................................................................................................... 77
Table 4.1 Tensile equivalent bolt-row component of a single bolted joint ........... 87
Table 4.2 Compressive equivalent bolt-row component of a single bolted joint .. 88
Table 4.3 Deformation modes of the connection element .................................... 96
Table 5.1 Measured material properties at ambient temperature ........................ 116
Table 5.2 Comparison of the test and component model deformation response. 127
Table 6.1 Test detailing for different arrangement. ............................................ 160
Table 6.2 Section properties of structural members. .......................................... 162
Table 6.3 Material properties of steel grade SN 400B ........................................ 162
Table 6.4 Material properties of bolts (F10T)..................................................... 163
xiv
NOTATIONS
The following symbols are used in this thesis;
nominal area of bolt
tensile stress area of bolt
design bearing resistance of bolt
design shear resistance of bolt
applied force that correspond to yield
elastic stiffness of the component
post-limit stiffness of the component
diameter of bolt
end distance of plate
nominal ultimate stress of bolt
yield strength
reduction factor for the slope of linear elastic range
bolt shearing stiffness
reduction factor for effective yield strength
radius of bolt
radius of bolthole
shear modulus
number of bolt rows
thickness of plate
xv
Greek letters
temperatures
deformation that correspond to yield
deformation for basic joint components
poisson ratio
Chapter 1: Introduction
1
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1. Steel as a building material
Steel occupies a major position in human daily life, and is the material of choice in many
applications. Its popular reputation largely pertains to its versatility, durability and
recyclability. Steel is an iron alloyed primarily with carbon and with other metals, using
varying amounts of the alloying elements to control its required properties, such as
hardness, ductility and tensile strength. For the last three decades, steel as a building
material has become the naturally dominant material for construction of high-rise
buildings, bridges, towers and many others. The reputation of structural steel has been
indisputably proven, with evidences of productivity enhancement in the construction
industry due to its rapid design, fabrication and erection cycle. From the architectural
point of view, steel’s high strength-to-weight ratio allows slender and aesthetically
pleasing members to support large loads over long spans. This creates the opportunity for
architects and engineers to express their creativity in design, while efficiently addressing
the functional demands of the buildings.
Recently, the environmental impact of the construction industries has become high on the
public agenda. In this respect, steel’s inherent properties of being fully re-usable and
recyclable, make a significant contribution towards achieving sustainable development.
Every new steel product contains recycled steel, without loss of quality even after long
life-cycles. Thus, steel has become a favourite construction material which adequately
satisfies both design and building issues. With increasing demand, continuous
technological advances are continually devised by the steel industries to reduce CO2
emissions by improving recycling rates and enhancing energy efficiency in the
steelmaking process (Steenhuis, et al., 1997). Even after making these environmental
improvements, steel structural framing systems remain generally the economical cost
leader throughout the construction process, especially where labour costs are high.
Nonetheless, one of major weaknesses of steel is its susceptibility to fire, which induces
loss of strength and stiffness of the structural material. In comparison with other building
materials, the strength of steel structures decreases more rapidly when submitted to fire,
largely because structural steel tends to heat up more rapidly. The risk from this adverse
effect can be enormously destructive, both in terms of human life and property losses,
without appropriate design consideration. Although steel does not melt below 1500°C,
structural steel has lost one-third of its yield strength at an approximate temperature of
Chapter 1: Introduction
2
600°C, and this has further reduced to 11% at 800°C and 6% at 900°C (Burgess, 2002).
Because of this issue, a rational approach to fire safety assessment is required to permit
reliable prediction of structural performance, and thus to provide global stability of
designs. The application of Fire Safety Engineering generally relates to functional
requirements, in which the structural stability and control of fire spread are achieved by
applying active and/or passive systems to different degrees to steel members in different
locations. Alternatively, the performance of structural members can be enhanced by more
robust and ductile design through advanced structural fire engineering, to mitigate the risk
of progressive collapse and provide structural integrity in the event of fire. In this case,
the fire protection can be tailored specifically to the building’s needs, giving optimisation
either by reduction or elimination of fire protective materials, or by more efficient
structural fire engineering design.
1.1.1. Design provision for fire in Europe
In recognition of the more rational performance-based approach to fire-resistant design,
several national and international building codes and standards have been revised to
introduce performance-based methods into their design provisions. One such example is
the latest edition of the American Institute of Steel Construction design manual (AISC,
2011) . In the European Union, The European Commission and the Member States have
set standard provisions in the structural Eurocodes, providing common principles for
advanced design procedures (Franssen, et al., 2009). The guidelines include various
structural aspects in nine principal documents. In this thesis, frequent reference will be
made to the Eurocodes EN 1991 (Basis of Design) and EN 1993 (Design of Steel
Structures), particularly referring to parts EN 1991-1-2: General Actions-actions on
structures exposed to fire (CEN, 2002), EN 1993-1-2: General Rules-structural fire
design (CEN, 2005a) and EN 1993-1-8: Design of Joints (CEN, 2005b). The general
philosophy of fire design in the Eurocodes assumes that the actions due to fire exposure
of structures are treated as accidental actions, and therefore extreme physical loadings
have a lower probability of occurrence than in the ultimate limit state requirements.
According to Nwosu and Kodur (1997), the limit states are associated with structural
collapse, or other forms of structural failure. Current fire design strategies incorporate a
combination of passive and active fire protection schemes, which are measured in terms
of a fire resistance rating, specified on the type of building occupancy and fire safety
objectives. According to the Eurocodes, fire resistance is expressed in terms of three
criteria: R (stability, ability to maintain load-bearing capacity), E (integrity, ability to
Chapter 1: Introduction
3
maintain compartment integrity against penetration of hot gases) and I (insulation, ability
to limit temperature rise across separating elements) (Petterson, 1988; Kruppa, et al.,
2005).
a) Structural fire engineering approach
Analysing and designing structures for fire loading can undoubtedly be a very
challenging problem for structural engineers. General design procedures at ambient
temperature involve non-varying combinations of the loadings, and therefore the design
requirements allow simplifying assumptions to be made. In most structures, these
simplifications result in extremely small deflections to satisfy design serviceability
requirements. In contrast to this scenario, there are inevitable complications involved in
the design process at high temperatures, particularly in dealing with material and
geometric non-linearity, as well as large deflections. These are increased by the effects of
restraint to thermal expansion of heated elements by cooler structure. Further complexity
involves non-uniform stresses induced by the heating-cooling cycle, when temperatures
differ between structural members in different parts of a structure at any point during the
growth and cooling of a fire.
b) Performance-based structural fire approach
Traditional prescriptive fire protection simply aims to provide a thickness of protection
material which limits the temperature of any element to a pre-determined value (typically
550°C for steel) within the statutory fire resistance period of the building, if it were
subjected to the ISO 834 Standard Fire (ISO834, 1975). Prescriptive protection has
proven satisfactory for many buildings in the real accidental fires which have occurred.
However, the use of new materials and the development of new construction technologies
are restricted by the prescriptive method. The advantage of this method is that it is very
straightforward in design of buildings, but it does not represent the most accurate
assessment of fire safety in the modern built environment (Parkinson & Kodur, 2007).
This drawback has led to an increasing transition all around the globe to a more
intelligent philosophy, known as the performance-based approach, of which a simple
version is the basis of the Eurocodes EN 1991-1-2 (CEN, 2002) and EN 1993-1-2 (CEN,
2005a; CEN, 2005b). This method provides more flexibility in design, whilst achieving
the quantified safety criteria, in cases where the conditions of a single-span furnace test
are a reasonable representation.
Chapter 1: Introduction
4
Structural fire engineering follows the performance-based philosophy, in attempting to
agree clear objectives for the building performance in the context of its functional
requirements and using appropriate models for the fire and for the affected region of the
building. This design method has evolved rapidly in recent years to deal with innovations
in building design, including advanced building systems and materials. Although the
understanding of basic fire engineering has improved substantially over the last few
decades, it is doubtful whether the implemented solutions have completely succeeded in
meeting their objectives. Advances in research have consistently been outpaced by the
emergence of new problems, which can make fire potentially even more harmful to both
human life and property. Through an improved understanding of the fire phenomena and
a more precise analysis of structures in fire, a safety level at least equal to, or higher than,
that given by prescriptive fire protection can be obtained with greater flexibility in
methods. Both deterministic and probabilistic design criteria can be incorporated to
achieve not just practical but cost-effective design, according to the building’s geometric
features and building occupancy (Parkinson and Kodur, 2007).
1.1.2. Accidental fires in buildings
A review of the performance of a real steel-framed structure subjected to a major
accidental fire is given in this section. The catastrophic event of which this forms a part
has led to a great deal of reflection on the effectiveness of design and the regulatory
process for building construction.
a) World Trade Center, Building 5
One of the most catastrophic events in the history of steel-framed buildings was the
disaster of the World Trade Center on 11th September 2001. The World Trade Center
complex was composed of seven buildings including the “Twin Towers” (WTC 1 and
WTC 2), each of 110 stories high. WTC 3 was a 22-storey hotel building, and WTC 4, 5,
6 and 7 were office buildings. Buildings 1 to 6 were built in close proximity to one
another within a 5-acre plaza. The two towers were first struck by hijacked aircraft,
causing massive local damage and multi-storey fires ignited by fuel droplets. The multi-
storey simultaneous fires eventually caused the collapse of WTC 2 within one hour,
followed by that of WTC 1 approximately 1.5 hours after the impact. It is believed that
flying débris dislodged fireproofing material from nearly all the steel members in the
impact zone, and the simultaneous heating of these now-unprotected members eventually
led to progressive collapse of the towers. Unlike the aircraft impacts on the towers, WTC
Chapter 1: Introduction
5
7 suffered a fire-induced global collapse several hours after the Twin Towers; fires were
initiated by the flying débris of WTC 1, some of which was burning, impacting on its
south face. Fires burning at various levels of the building are believed (NIST, 2008) to
have heated long-span composite beams to 500-600°C, and their thermal expansion
eventually caused non-composite supporting beams to be pushed off their column
connections, initiating the progressive collapse.
Most of WTC 4 collapsed when heavily impacted by exterior column debris from WTC
2, and its remaining section suffered complete burnout. Large sections of the roofs of
WTC 5 and WTC 6 collapsed locally because of column débris from WTC 1.
Subsequently, fire spread throughout these buildings led to extensive local collapse.
The nine-storey WTC 5 building had a specified fire resistance rating of; 3 hours on its
columns and 2 hours on its floor assemblies. Fire protection to this office building
included an automatic sprinkler system, together with passive protection using sprayed
mineral fibre on its structural steel members. The framing system utilised column-trees
(Gerber beam design) at its interior columns between the 5th and 8
th floors, as shown in
Figure 1.1.
Figure 1.1 Damage to the column-tree system (FEMA Report, 2002)
The symmetrical nature of the collapse strongly suggests that the uncontrolled fire caused
local fractures at the beam-to-beam connections, and this is strongly supported by the
straightness of the free-standing remaining columns. The structural collapse appeared to
be due to the combination of excessive shear forces on the fin-plate connections, together
Chapter 1: Introduction
6
with large tensile axial forces which developed as a result of catenary action; see the inset
photo of a failed plate in Figure 1.1. Failure of these connections was clearly a major
factor in the subsequent slab collapse. The fire-induced collapse due to connection failure
was unexpected, as the steel beams were predicted to deflect significantly without failure
of the connection (NIST, 2005). The 9th floor and roof experienced similar fire exposure
but did not collapse and remained stable due to the conventional bay system in which
connections were made at columns. The performance of the building frame as a whole
appears to have been limited by the specification and detailing of its connections. This
suggests that the behaviour of connections in fire conditions needs to be taken into
account if the behaviour of whole buildings needs to be modelled so that the probability
of progressive failure can be avoided.
1.2. Fire design in steel structure
Accurate prediction of structural fire resistance depends on the prescribed temperature
curve in a given fire exposure scenario. The specification of appropriate fire scenarios
greatly influences the modelling done for fire safety design. The specification of
appropriate fire curves varies for different levels of calculation method. The range of fire
models used is governed by the usage of the building and the level of comprehensiveness
required for structural safety across the possible fire scenarios.
1.2.1. Fire curves and growth
There are three distinct combustion regimes which apply to compartment fires in the
evaluation of any adopted fire models; pre-flashover, post-flashover and decay (Figure
1.2). The occurrence of flashover signifies the transition point in fire development, which
can be described as a perilous stage in the course of a fire. After flashover, the exposed
surfaces of effectively all of the combustibles within the compartment are fully ignited
(Bwalya, et al., 2004). The first stage of fire growth is the pre-flashover stage, which is
initiated by fire ignition and burning. At this stage the combustion is restricted to local
areas near the ignition source, and therefore the average rate of rise of temperature is
small and localised within the compartment. Thus, the application of any active measures
such as fire extinguishers or sprinklers may effectively prevent further fire development
at this stage.
Flashover tends to occur when flames from the fire source carry unburnt fuel with them
along the compartment ceiling, so that ignition spreads across the roof of the
compartment. In the post-flashover phase, the increase of temperature is caused by
Chapter 1: Introduction
7
radiation from all compartment surfaces, leading to an increased rate of release of volatile
gases which in turn contribute to an uncontrolled growth in the fire temperature. This
process rapidly ignites all the available combustible material in the compartment. The
intense amount of heat release results in very hot gas temperatures which can possibly
reach over 1000ºC (Lie, 1988). The fire enters a peak stage during which its temperature
becomes practically uniform. The rate of heat release throughout is governed by the
compartment ventilation, the geometry and heat absorption of the compartment, and the
amount of available (or unburnt) fuel. The strength and stability of structural assemblies
are expected to be jeopardised mainly during this critical stage of the fire. Towards the
end of post-flashover stage, if the fire is left to burn, then it will continue into its decay
period as the available fuel decreases, and will eventually cease (Purkiss, 2009).
Figure 1.2 Fire curves and development stages
a) Standard/nominal fire model
The nominal time-temperature curve does not represent a real fire, but serves as a
representation of average post-flashover compartment gas temperature, which is used to
evaluate the fire resistance of structural members. This standard time-temperature curve
allows common rules to be used for testing purposes, which gives a consistent basis of
comparison between different structural members’ performance in fire. The use of this
Tem
per
atu
re
Time
Pre-
flashover
Post-
flashover Decay
1000°C -1200°C
Natural Fire
curve
ISO834
Standard fire curve
Ignition – smouldering Heating Cooling
Nothing occurred Constantly heated up
Natural
Fire
Standard
Fire
Chapter 1: Introduction
8
fire curve controls the prescriptive design principles of the International Standard ISO
834 (ISO834, 1975) and EN 1991-1-2 (CEN, 2002). As a time-temperature curve in
which temperature never decays, the only way of specifying the fire resistance of a
structure subjected to this curve is to impose criteria which may not be violated within
specified time periods. Hence the concept of the appropriate fire resistance period for a
building of a certain usage arises from the form of the standard fire curve.
Structural fire engineering design based on the standard fire generally only accounts for
material weakening in predicting critical temperatures, because members are tested in
isolation in a standard fire regime. This simplistic assessment may not provide an
accurate representation of the member’s behaviour under the effects of continuity,
including the structural effects which ensue when a real compartment fire enters its
cooling stage.
b) Natural/Parametric fire model
The parametric fire model provides, within limits, a realistic approach to real fire
temperature development, using compartment characteristics and fire load to model a
single-zone post-flashover compartment fire, including the decay phase. This predicts the
actual time-temperature relationship for a compartment of known dimensions, ventilation
and thermal properties of its bounding walls. The severity of the fire also depends on the
fire load, which is ignored in the standard fire, with the assumption that it never decays
even when all the combustible materials have been exhausted (Kirby, 1986).
1.2.2. Steel material properties at elevated temperature
The temperature rise of a steel member is a function of its exposure and its thermal
material properties. The heat flux transferred into the surfaces of steel members generally
derives from convection and radiation from the fire atmosphere, as well as on conduction
through the insulating material if the steel is protected. Evidently, an unprotected steel
member heats more quickly than a protected one, which usually causes larger
deformation, progressing to structural failure. Therefore, optimum design solutions for
steel structures subjected to high temperature can either provide better fire protection to
reduce structure temperatures, or can make the unprotected structural system capable of
surviving the fire event. In either case the inherent material properties of the steel
structure at elevated temperatures must be understood.
Chapter 1: Introduction
9
a) Thermal properties of carbon steel
The standard value of steel density given in EC3-1-2 (CEN, 2005a) is 7850kg/m3, and
this value is assumed to be independent of temperature increase. In EC3-1-2, the specific
heat of steel as a function of temperature is given in the fashion illustrated in Figure
1.3(a). The large spike results from a metallurgical change which applies to low-carbon
steel, which absorbs considerable energy (heat). The atomic structure changes from a
face-centred to a body-centred cubic structure, starting at about 730°C (Kodur, et al.,
2010).
The thermal conductivity defines the amount of heat flux per unit area transferred by
conduction through the material, for a unit temperature gradient. It can be observed in
Figure 1.3(b) that the thermal conductivity of steel reduces almost linearly from 54
W/mK at 20°C to 27.3 W/mK at 800°C (Buchanan, 2002; CEN, 2005a).
Figure 1.3 (a) Specific heat and (b) Thermal conductivity of steel (CEN, 2005a)
The coefficient of thermal expansion measures the material’s ability to expand or contract
in response to temperature change. This thermal strain is defined as the expansion of a
unit length of material when it is raised by 1°C (Lie, 1988), and is measured on unloaded
specimens in a transient test. The type of steel and its strength characteristics have little
influence on the thermal strain (Anderberg, 1988). EC3-1-2 recommends the following
equations to determine the thermal elongation for structural and reinforcing steels;
For
(1.1)
Specific heat
[j/kg K]
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Thermal Conductivity
[W/mK]
Temperature [°C] Temperature [°C]
Chapter 1: Introduction
10
For
For
In a simple calculation model, EC4-1-2 (CEN, 2005c) suggests a linear function of
temperature T (°C) to calculate the thermal elongation (Buchanan, 2002; Purkiss, 2009);
The thermal elongation, according to EC3-1-2, increases linearly up to 700°C, and is
followed by some shrinkage, which is assumed as a pause in thermal expansion (Equation
(1.2) for design purposes. This is caused by the steel transformation phase from pearlite
to austenite between about 730°C and 860°C, which includes rearrangement of the crystal
structure (Cooke, 1988; Tide, 1998).
b) Mechanical properties of carbon steel
The mechanical properties of carbon steel at elevated temperature are described in a
stress-strain relationship, of which the model according to EC3-1-2 is shown in Figure
1.4. The definitions of the effective yield strength fy,θ, the proportional limit fp,θ and the
slope of the linearly elastic range Eα,θ are associated with this relationship. In contrast to
the ambient-temperature case, the mechanical behaviour develops its plasticity gradually
beyond the proportional limit. A linear relationship is initially adopted in the stress-strain
curve, followed by an elliptical curve until the yield stress is achieved at 2% strain; there
is no strain hardening beyond this point for temperatures above 400°C. The stress-strain
curves are truncated at a relatively high strain level, defining a yield plateau as most of
the elevated-temperature relationship. This is because there is no explicit strain-hardening
beyond this strain in the elevated-temperature case (Kirby and Preston, 1988; Cooke,
1988). At temperatures above 450°C, steel displays a creep phenomenon, in which the
deformation of a steel member increases with time, even if the temperature and stresses
remain unchanged. In this presentation of the strength and deformation properties, the
effect of creep is implicitly included and represented by a set of temperature-dependent
stress-strain relationships (Twilt, 1988).The creep effect is taken into account by basing
the stress-strain curves on transient tests in which the force on a specimen is kept constant
while the temperature is slowly raised.
(1.2)
(1.3)
(1.4)
Chapter 1: Introduction
11
Figure 1.4 Stress-strain relationship for carbon steel at elevated temperatures (Franssen, et
al., 2009).
To represent the main aspects of material weakening in fire, the reduction factors for
effective yield strength, proportional limit and elastic modulus are presented in Figure 1.5
according to EN 1993-1-2. The rate of degradation of these properties varies significantly
between structural steels, depending on their chemical and crystalline structures (in some
cases associated with their grades) and manufacturing process in forming structural
sections (for example, hot rolling or cold forming). Loss of strength and stiffness can be
evident at temperatures above 300°C, with further reduction at a steady rate until around
800°C.The appropriate strength reduction factors can be determined following two
methods; isothermal (/steady-state) tests or anisothermal (/transient) tests. The former
method subjects a test specimen to constant temperature and further strain is applied at a
steady rate, whilst the other method applies a constant load to a specimen which is then
subjected to a pre-determined rate of heating (Petterson, 1988).
Stress σ
Strain
: Effective yield stress
: Proportional limit
: Slope of linear elastic range
: Strain at the proportional limit
: Yield Strain
: Limiting strain for yield strength
: Ultimate strain
Chapter 1: Introduction
12
Figure 1.5 Reduction factor for structural members (CEN, 2005a).
An early study on the evaluation of bolt strength characteristics in fire was performed by
(Kirby, 1995) using M20 bolts and Grade 8.8 nuts; the findings were verified more
recently (Hu, 2009). The properties of the bolts are a product of their hot-forging
manufacturing process, in which the final quench and temper heat treatment provides the
required strength and ductility. It is observed that, at high temperatures, softening of the
bolts occurs, giving a very rapid loss of strength between approximately 300°C and
700°C, under either pure tension or double shear loading conditions. In general, the
ultimate capacity of bolts can be defined by applying the bolt strength reduction factor to
the ambient-temperature design resistance. The reduction factors given by Eurocode 3-1-
2 (Figure 1.6) represent the residual strength of bolts at elevated temperature, showing
that these have less strength than the parent structural steels from which they are
manufactured.
Figure 1.6 Reduction factor for bolts and weld, EN 1993-1-2 (CEN, 2005a)
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Temperature, θa
Reduction
factor
Weld kw,, θ
Bolt kb, θ
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Reduction
factor
Steel
Temperature, θa
Elastic Modulus Ea, θ
Proportional
Limit fp, θ
Yield Strength fy, θ
Chapter 1: Introduction
13
1.2.3. Steel structures in fire
The structural response of steel framing systems in fire conditions has been intensively
researched for the past 30 years. These activities have largely been motivated by
accumulated evidence of disastrous structural failures which have caused casualties and
economic losses. Due to the complexity of the behaviour of structural frames in fire, a
detailed understanding is inevitably required to resolve uncertainties about the structural
mechanisms at work. Large deformations are expected under fire exposure, and these can
lead to local collapse of supported beams and floor systems. The fire resistance of a
building component concerns its ability to withstand exposure to fire without loss of its
load-bearing function, or (in appropriate cases) its ability to act as a barrier against fire
spread, or both. Owing to the inherently high thermal conductivity of steel, the
temperature of a steel member varies according to the amount of fire protection applied,
the severity of the fire and the time of exposure (Buchanan, 2002). When a steel member
is exposed to fire, its load-bearing properties change dramatically due to its declining
strength and stiffness with increased temperature. However, this loss of load capacity can
be compensated for by a logical assessment of the interactions between different
structural members due to the continuity of the whole structure in the real situation.
a) Restrained and Unrestrained beams
The response of structural members at high temperature is largely a product of the
thermal strains induced in the members through heating. If a beam is longitudinally
unrestrained, the strains which are free to develop as a result of thermal gradients through
the section depth induce curvature, leading to bowing of a member which results in large
displacement, even at low temperatures (Usmani, et al., 2001). On the contrary, for
restrained heated beams, which apply to many cases in construction, large axial
compressive stresses are developed in the initial stage of heating. This is due to the axial
restraint from cool structure surrounding the fire compartment, preventing the thermal
expansion from displacing the ends of the beam. The sequence of beam deformation and
moment development as temperatures change is illustrated in Figure 1.7.
Chapter 1: Introduction
14
Figure 1.7 Change of deflections, internal forces and moment in a) unrestrained beam and
b) axially restrained beam during fire
From relatively low temperatures, an axially and rotationally unrestrained beam starts
bowing towards the fire, largely due to the temperature gradient across its depth; at this
stage the increase of the beam’s mechanical deflection (caused by its declining stiffness
in bending) is relatively small. Beyond this temperature deflection increases due to an
increasing loss of stiffness due to the high steel temperatures in the cross-section. For
beams with rotationally restrained ends, there is no purely thermal deflection, because the
uniform hogging bending moment distribution along the beam is counterbalanced by the
end moments at the supports (Newman, et al., 2000). As the beam gets hotter, the
temperature gradient stabilises, and vertical deflection increases largely due to reduced
beam stiffness at high temperature. Subsequently, local buckling can be generated near
the beam’s ends, in particular the lower beam flange zone (indicated as Stage 1 in Figure
1.7). The local buckling of this flange changes the distribution of the moments, and the
compressive axial force starts to be relieved gradually, accompanied by an increased
vertical deformation. When the beam deflection becomes sufficiently large, the effective
Δv Δv
M M
Δv Δv
θ
θ
θ
θ
θ
θ
F F
M M
1 2 3
Tensile
Compressive
F F F F
a) Unrestrained beam b) Restrained beam
Chapter 1: Introduction
15
shortening of its length causes the beam to pull in, and tensile force develops after Stage
2. Wang (2002) explained that at this stage the beam is under catenary action, and the
catenary tension force will therefore govern its ultimate collapse. Due to the reduction of
elastic modulus and strength the bending stiffness and the bending moment capacity of
the beam are negligible. At Stage 3, the force in the hanging beam is resisted mainly by
its reduced tensile capacity, with a deflection appropriate to its strength and the tension
caused. However, if further large rotation of the connections is needed, failure of the
beam may be governed by fracture of its connections to the adjacent structure.
In addition, large tensile forces may also lead to connection fracture as the beam starts to
cool and contracts. This effect was observed during the full-scale fire tests on a steel-
framed building at Cardington, which will be discussed further in the next chapter. The
large tensile forces generated in beams due to cooling from high temperatures sheared
bolts in the fin-plate connection at their ends (Wald, et al., 2006b). This behaviour is quite
different compared to the common furnace test scenario of individual members in
isolation, because of the structural continuity with adjacent structure. In addition to their
high rotations, the frame connections were also subjected to high variation of axial force
due to restraint acting against the thermal expansion and then the contraction of the
connected beams. It is evident that the degree of axial restraint in structural members
considerably influences their deflection and internal forces during both the early stage of
heating, and the subsequent catenary action. The utilisation of catenary action can
explicitly provide a longer survival time (Yin and Wang, 2005), provided that the
adjacent structure and the connections have sufficient strength.
b) Steel connection response at elevated temperature
In current design practice, joints are required to be protected to the same level as the more
protected of the connected members. This is intended to ensure that the joints are not the
critical parts of the structural assembly. Under equivalent protection schemes, the
temperatures in connections develop more slowly than those in the connected members,
due to the relatively low exposed surface area and the additional mass of material to be
heated at a joint. In consequence, connections have been treated as of less concern than
the members they connect. Nonetheless, a major redistribution of internal forces in joints
is liable to happen, making them more vulnerable during the sequence of heating and
cooling (Burgess, 2008).
Chapter 1: Introduction
16
The first reported tests on beam-to-column connections at high temperatures were
performed by Kruppa (1976), focusing on establishing the performance of high strength
bolts on a range of joint types from “flexible” to “rigid”. However, the onset of
significant developments in steel joint research at elevated temperature was initiated by
(Lawson, 1990), who performed the first furnace tests to investigate the global rotational
behaviour of a range of connections, using a cruciform test arrangement.
The behaviour of connections is usually defined in terms of their moment-rotation
characteristics at ambient temperature, including their rotational stiffness, moment
capacity and ductility. At high temperature, it is desirable for joints to be designed to
provide robustness, retaining their structural integrity despite large rotations and tying
deformations. During the heating stage, the axial compressive stresses caused by
restrained thermal expansion of a beam, causes buckling in its lower flange and web near
to its connections. Subsequently, as temperature is further increased, the compressive
force is reduced rapidly as the steel loses its strength, and eventually a tensile force which
is high compared with the elevated-temperature strength of the material, is exerted on the
connection at very high temperatures (Figure 1.8). If cooling occurs from this state, then
the tensile force increases rapidly as thermal contraction takes place, and this force may
outstrip the recovery of strength with cooling. The whole process of heating and cooling
are equally important, in the sense that, even if no fracture of the connection occurs
during the heating phase, the connection may still be subject to fracture during cooling,
which may endanger fire service personnel or lead to progressive collapse.
Figure 1.8 Axial force on beam-to-column connection (Burgess, 2008).
400
200
0
- 200
- 400
- 600
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Temperature (°C)
Ax
ial
Fo
rce
(kN
)
TENSION
COMPRESSION
Cooling Joint
strength
Heating
- 800
Chapter 1: Introduction
17
At very high rotation, local buckling of the lower beam flange adjacent to the joint may
potentially induce shear buckling and diagonal tension field action (Figure 1.9), which
may combine with the tying force on the joint to initiate an “unzipping” effect, in which
the bolt rows fracture in sequence from the top to the bottom. This may cause a total
connection failure (Burgess, 2008) well before an evenly distributed net tying force on
the connection would have reached its capacity. In current performance-based fire
engineering design, joints are implicitly assumed to retain their structural integrity.
However, evidence of joint failure in WTC building 7, leading to progressive collapse,
has emphasised the importance to designers of including the behaviour up to fracture of
the connections in their whole-structure modelling. Observations on structural behaviour
in a natural fire (Wald, et al., 2006a) and furnace testing (Yu, et al., 2009; Santiago, et al.,
2008a) have shown failure of the joint components due to the high forces induced by the
thermal expansion/contraction and the high deformations of the connected members.
Figure 1.9 Forces causing local buckling (Burgess, 2008).
1.3. Scope of research
In the software Vulcan, connections are currently modelled as either rotationally pinned
or fully rigid whereas, even in rotational stiffness terms, the real joint behaviour lies
between these two extreme cases. In order to account for the semi-rigidity of connections,
a simple two-noded rotational spring element, which employs temperature-dependent
moment-rotation curves, is also implemented in the existing program.
In this research, the behaviour of connections subjected to fire is investigated particularly
for fin-plate connections. The research develops a connection finite element assembly in
the framework of the component-based method, which has been implemented into the
connection modelling module in Vulcan, and therefore allows the complex combinations
of forces and movements within the connection to be treated appropriately. As part of the
Column
Shear buckling
Tension field
Vertical
Shear
Catenary
Tension
Hogging
Moment
Chapter 1: Introduction
18
global structural assembly of beam-column, slab and connection elements, the non-linear
solution process for equilibrium guarantees that the connection deformations are
accounted for within the equilibrium of the whole structural assembly.
It is evident from previous part of this chapter that connections in fire can be subjected to
combinations of moments and normal forces which may be either tensile or compressive.
Modelling of the connections using component-based models may provide a progressive
picture of their internal forces and prediction of their local and overall behaviour during a
particular fire event. Thus the research can be beneficial not only in design but also in
assisting in interpretation of the experimental and analytical responses of connections
within structures at elevated temperature. Further consideration of the nature of moment-
axial force combinations, and component loading and unloading, is included.
The objectives of this research are;
1. To classify the individual components which can be assembled to create a fin-
plate connection model, and modelling their behaviour at ambient and elevated
temperatures, including during reversed deformation.
2. To create a component-based connection finite element from these components,
which is valid for connections with different detailing.
3. To incorporate the component-based model of fin-plate connections into the
connection module in Vulcan.
4. To investigate and validate the behaviour of fin-plate connections within
structural frames at ambient and elevated temperatures using the component
model.
1.4. Thesis layout
The thesis comprises of eight chapters.
Chapter 2 gives an introduction to the design procedure for connections in steel frames at
ambient and elevated temperatures. State-of-the-art research on steel joints, particularly
fin-plate connections, is then discussed in detail.
Chapter 3 focuses on the simplified modelling and numerical investigation of fin-plate
connections, through their breakdown into components and the characterization of the
behaviour of these components. The force-displacement behaviour associated with the
Chapter 1: Introduction
19
main failure modes is discussed in detail, generating the primary component
characteristics for fin-plate connections.
Chapter 4 concerns the assembly of components into a component-based connection
element for fin-plate connections. This is then implemented in Vulcan. Subsequently,
further studies on the unloading of the connection elements are discussed in detail.
Chapter 5 present validation studies of the fin-plate component model against available
experimental results. Parametric studies based on the connection characteristics are also
conducted using the developed model. It is also used to predict the behaviour of fin-plate
connections in a structural sub-frame.
Chapter 6 extends the applicability of the developed component model to a different,
moment-resisting, type of connection which is subjected to elevated temperatures.
Chapter 7 concludes the present work and gives recommendation for future work.
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
20
2. LITERATURE REVIEW OF MODELLING STEEL
CONNECTIONS IN FIRE
2.1. Steel connections
Steel connections essentially link together members in order to transfer loads within a
structural assembly. The terms ‘connection’ and ‘joint’ are explained in the European
Standard (CEN, 2005b) using a beam-to-column configuration. A location where two or
more structural components are mechanically fastened is referred to as a ‘connection’,
whilst the zone within which the interconnected members act together is referred to as a
‘joint’. Common types and layouts of major-axis joint configurations are exemplified in
Figure 2.1.
Figure 2.1 Types of connection configuration in steel frames (CEN, 2005b).
2.1.1. Stiffness classification
Traditionally, steel joints are considered to exhibit rotational behaviour ranging from very
rigid to extremely flexible. The latter significantly simplifies the analysis and design
procedures when such joints are considered as “simple” or “pinned”. However, neither
notion of simple or rigid joints represents the exact joint behaviour. Most connections
which are regarded as simple (or pinned) possess some rotational stiffness, while
connections which are regarded as rigid always display some flexibility (Astaneh, 1989a).
In this section, the discussion on the rigidity of steel connections classifies them into three
main categories; pinned connections (non-moment-resistant), semi-rigid connections
(partially moment-resistant) and moment connections (fully moment-resistant). The
1 Single-sided beam-
to-column joint
configuration;
2 Double-sided
beam-to-column
joint configuration;
3 Beam splice;
4 Column splice;
5 Column base.
1 3 3
1 2
2
4
5
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
21
rigidity regions of the connections are illustrated in Figure 2.2, according to their types. A
compilation of the common connection types is then summarised relative to their moment
resistance, Mpl and stiffness in Figure 2.3.
Figure 2.2 Common beam-to-column connections with stiffness classification (Spyrou,
2007b).
a) Moment connections
This type of connection is designed ideally to transfer moments without any relative
rotation between the connected members. This connection can be classified by its
moment resistance (it may be either full-strength or partial-strength) and its rotation
capacity. Moment connections are inevitably more expensive to fabricate than simple
connections, and require extra detailing and good workmanship. Hence, this connection is
not preferred, other than in seismic zones, despite being more advantageous in permitting
longer spans, shallower beams and elevations without bracing. Common types of moment
connection used in construction are extended end-plate and flush end-plate connections.
b) Semi-rigid connections
Extensive research has evolved recently to characterise the behaviour of semi-rigid, and
partial-strength connections. This is partly due to their perceived complexity and the lack
of effective tools for designers, despite the fact that the utilisation of these connections
has been recognised to have advantages over idealised pinned or rigid connections. This
type of connection possesses a finite moment resistance which is less than the full beam
moment capacity, and a rotational stiffness which permits some relative rotation (Cabrero
Rotation
ϕ
RIGID
SEMI-RIGID
PINNED
Moment
ϕ
Extended End-plate with
column stiffener
Extended End-plate
Flush End-plate
Top and seat angle with
double web-angle
connection Flexible end-plate
Double angle web-cleat
Fin-plate
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
22
and Bayo, 2005). Compared to rigid connections, it still allows sway frames to be
designed despite its reduced stiffness. Semi-rigid connection can create lighter frames
appropriate to the defined connection geometry, by reducing the need for bracing.
As a consequence of the recognition of its advantages in building design, the use of semi-
rigid joints has been introduced into the design standard, Eurocode 3-1-8 (CEN, 2005b).
Contrary to the traditional design basis, semi-rigid designs classify their joint behaviour
by modelling their real behaviour, allowing a more subtle and sophisticated approach to
connection behaviour in whole structures. Thus, the application of the connection semi-
rigidity seems logical and practical for the designer to gain benefit, but the main difficulty
revolves around how to bring it to everyday practice. Following this advance in the
connection design, the so-called component-based method has been developed to
facilitate the application of the proposed semi-rigid design method. The implementation
of semi-rigid design can also be beneficial at high temperature, particularly when
redistribution of forces from beams to other structural members is critical, thus
influencing the survival time of the whole framing system.
c) Simple (pinned) connections
Pinned joints should possess large rotation capacity, but are incapable of transmitting
significant moments between connected members of the structure. Most simple
connections are assumed only to transfer the design shear reaction between members,
idealising their behaviour as pins or rollers for design. Therefore, simple connections are
also referred as shear connections, and are invariably cheaper to fabricate than moment-
resisting connections as they have simpler details and can be constructed to standard
dimensions. Their cost advantage largely influences the popular utilisation of simple
connections in building construction. In many countries labour costs increase
substantially each year, while material costs remain more or less constant, especially in
the context of steel construction industries (Steenhuis, et al., 1997). The simplification
process for most labour-intensive parts is of more practical benefit than minimising the
use of materials. Three main connections which are outlined, with detailed design
procedures, in the “Green book” (BCSA, 1991) are double-angle web cleats, flexible end-
plates and fin-plates. In this study, the investigation of simple connections, both
numerically and analytically, is performed using a component-based model, concentrating
on fin-plate connections in particular.
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
23
Figure 2.3 Stiffness classification for bolted joints, adapted from (Steurer, 1999)
2.1.2. Fin-plate connection
Until the present day, the majority of structural steel frame connections are shear
connections. Even most moment connections include shear connection to transmit the
shear component of the beam reaction. The worldwide utilisation of this type of shear
connection means that it is given different names, according to the national design
provision. In the USA and Canada, it is known as the shear tab or single-plate connection
in the AISC Steel Construction Manual (AISC, 1999). In Australia and New Zealand, it is
widely known as the web-side plate (Hogan, 1992) based on a design guide by the
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Stiffness of the connection
Mpl / Mpl, Beam
1 Fin-plate
2 Double angle web-cleat
4 Top-and seat-angle with
double web-angle connection
5
Flush end-plate
6
Extended end-plate
7 Extended end-
plate with column
stiffener
Flexible end-plate
3
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
24
Australian Institute of Steel Construction (1992). In the UK, it is usually known as the
fin-plate connection, and is one of the types of connection recommended by the Steel
Construction Institute and the British Constructional Steelwork Association (BCSA,
1991). For standardisation in this thesis, it is referred to fin-plate connection throughout.
The fin-plate connection consists of a single plate welded to its supporting column along
at one edge and bolted to a beam web near its opposite edge (Figure 2.4). The supported
member can frame into either the major or minor axis of a column, or into a beam web.
The end of the connected beam to the supporting member may be un-notched, single-
notched or double-notched (Figure 2.5). The design specifies an arrangement of bolts
grouped in either single or double vertical rows, providing connection shear capacity
ranging between 25% to 50% of the beam’s capacity for single, and 75% for double rows
(BCSA, 1991). With these simple fabrication details, this connection usually expedites
on-site steel erection and provides a simple field connection, as well as being simple to
fabricate off-site.
Figure 2.4 Typical fin-plate connection on (a) major axis (b) minor axis
Figure 2.5 Fin-plate connection used in notched beams (a) single- (b) double-
The use of fin-plate connections to structural tubular columns is also gaining popularity
due to the cost-efficiency of the combination. Structural hollow sections are practically
lighter in terms of material mass, but are more expensive on a per-tonne basis; however
Beam Beam
Fin-plate
(a) (b)
Beam
Single-vertical
bolt row
Beam
Column
Double-vertical
bolt row
Fin-plate (a) (b)
Weld
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
25
the overall weight saving gained can deliver much more cost-effective construction
(Kurobane, et al., 2004). The hollow sections, commonly produced in circular, square or
rectangular shapes (Figure 2.6), are more efficient as compression members compared to
other steel sections because their geometric shape does not require one axis to have much
weaker properties. Fin-plate connections compensate for any excess cost, offering an
economic joint system, particularly for multi-storey construction (Hicks and Newman,
2002).
Figure 2.6 Fin-plate connection for tubular column: (a) rectangular, (b) circular.
a) Ductility and rotation requirements of fin-plate connections
In an ideally pinned connection, the joint is assumed to be subjected only to shear force,
but in reality both moment and shear force act simultaneously on the joint. Despite having
little or no rotational resistance, experiments have shown that shear connections possesses
finite rotational restraint. For design purposes, ignoring this resistance produces
conservative results. Jaspart and Demonceau (2008) have represented these requirements
in the form of simple criteria, based on the mechanical and geometrical characteristics of
the individual components forming the connections. The general principles are explained
in terms of:
1. Geometrical limitations which control the rotation capacity without developing
significant bending moment in the members of the structure.
Fin-plate
Beam
Column
Beam
Column
(a) (b)
Weld
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
26
2. A ductility limitation, which avoids the occurrence of any brittle failure,
particularly in bolts and welds, which are defined as the more adverse failure
modes.
The evaluation of design resistance can be illustrated by combining the effects of applied
shear force and applied bending moment, representing the fin-plate connection’s real
behaviour (Figure 2.7). The actual and idealised loading paths are defined corresponding
to the general assumptions of the forces acting on the connection. Two loaded cross-
sections inside the joint have to be considered separately due to their dissimilar actual
loading condition. For instance, if a ‘hinged’ model is considered, the external face of the
column is assumed to transfer only shear force (Med = 0), whilst the bolt group section
transfers the same shear force Ved and and ‘eccentricity’ moment Med, eccentricity z. The
length z indicates the distance between the external face of the supporting element and the
bolt group centre.
Figure 2.7 Loading paths for fin-plate connections (Jaspart and Domenceau, 2008)
In the late 1980s, Astaneh (1989b) established the dominant failure modes for shear
connections. This development was later included in the AISC 2nd
Edition Manual for
Load and Resistance Factor Design (AISC, 1993)for single-plate shear connections. The
order of the following failure modes reflects that of the most ‘desirable’ failure to the
most brittle failure:
1. Yielding of the plate in shear – (Most ductile)
2. Yielding of the bolt holes in bearing
Moment Med
a Design loading path for
external face of the supporting
member
b Design loading path for the
section of the bolt group centre
c Actual loading path for the
external face of the supporting
member
d Actual loading path for the
section of the bolt group centre
d c
b
a
z
1
Design loading path Vfd
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
27
3. Fracture of the edge distance of the plate
4. Fracture of the net section of the plate
5. Fracture of the bolts
6. Fracture of the weld lines – (Most brittle).
Jaspart and Demonceau (2008) identified partly similar failure modes, according to EN
1993-1-8 (CEN, 2005b). The design resistances of individual components in a fin-plate
connection are represented with a vertical line or curve, depending on the influence of the
applied moment (Figure 2.8). Relative positions of the individual resistances are given
with the respective mechanical characteristics of the joint components. Using a similar
approach, the actual and design shear resistances can be obtained at the intersections
between the loading paths and the design resistance curves (or lines for the weakest
component). Detailed investigation of the mechanical characteristics of each individual
component will be given in Chapter 3.
Figure 2.8 Design resistances for individual components of fin-plate connection (Jaspart
and Demonceau, 2008)
2.2. Background research on fin-plate connections
When carrying out analysis on steel structural frames, the rotational stiffnesses of the
joints generally dominate the performance of joints in global analysis, according to their
stiffness classification highlighted in Figure 2.2. The rotational flexibility of a joint
depends on the rigidity of the plate and the support, as the orientation of this connection
lies in the plane of the web of the supported member. If the support is flexible, then the
Moment
Fin-plate in bearing
Fin-plate in shear
Bolt in shear
Design loading path
Vra Vrd
Ved
Med
z
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
28
rotation is accommodated by deformation of the supporting member. However, if the
support is rigid, the rotations are primarily resisted within the plate connection (Ferrell,
2003; BCSA, 1991). Thus, for the past few decades, considerable effort has been
concentrated on predicting or controlling this behaviour, primarily focusing on
establishing the moment-rotation relationships of the joints. Nethercot and Zandonini
(1989) listed several widely-adopted models to ascertain the derivation of this moment-
rotation relationship.
1. Experimental tests
2. Mechanical models
3. Empirical model
4. Simplified Analytical model
5. Finite element (Numerical) model
6. Informational models (Databases)
It is evident that the prediction of joint behaviour in global structure by means of any of
the methods above has to be accompanied by a mathematical representation of the
moment-rotation curve. In the following section, only the first two will be reviewed in
detail. The other modelling techniques are applied indirectly to derive the connections
connection characterisations.
2.2.1. Review of experimental investigations on fin-plate connection at
ambient temperature.
Early experimental investigation of shear connections can be traced back about 30 years.
Initially, it was widely performed in the USA and Australia, and later gained popularity in
the UK (Moore and Owens, 1992). The execution of the experimental tests is a
fundamental step, giving evidence to support state-of-the-art development in analytical
and simplified modelling of connections. A brief overview of the experimental tests
which have made an impact on the development of fin-plate connection design is given in
this section.
Early work by Lipson (1968) examined the rotational capacity of three types of shear
connection, including fin-plate connections. Three failure modes were identified, namely
tensile yielding of the plate, weld rupture and vertical tearout of the bottom bolt. The
amount of end moment transferred to the supporting member was found to be dependent
on the following factors:
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
29
a) The number, size and configuration of the bolts
b) Thickness of the plate and/or beam web
c) The beam span-to-depth ratio
d) Beam loading pattern
e) Relative stiffness of supporting member.
The work by Lipson was later simulated using finite element analysis by Caccavale
(1975). The models generated were consistent with the experimental results, recognising
similar observations on ductility provided by significant deformation of bolt holes. In
1980, an initial study by Richard et al. at the University of Arizona involved the
development of the connection design using beam-line theory, generating the moment-
rotation relationship from double lap-joint tests. The beam line utilised the relationship
between linear beam action and nonlinear connection behaviour to determine the
moment-rotation capacity. A total of 126 fully-tightened bolts with strengths A325 and
A490 were tested, for a range of commonly-used diameters of bolts. Based on the results
obtained, an equation for predicting the moment in the connections was developed with a
finite element program called Inelas.
The proposed design procedure recommended by (Richard et al., 1980) on standard bolt
holes controlled the ductility of the connection by limiting the plate thickness, with
reference to the bolt diameter and minimum edge distances of the plates. The bolts were
designed with eccentricity to ensure that plate yielding precedes any brittle limit state of
the bolts. However, despite providing more understanding of the connections behaviour,
the ultimate strength could not be investigated due to the use of non-destructive
experiments.
One major development of fin-plate connection design is based on research by Astaneh
(1989a) at the University of California, through examining the demand and supply of
ductility in steel shear connections. Astaneh’s early work was based on a modified beam
line model, with the elastic and inelastic regions being the typical portions of an elastic-
perfectly-plastic curve. Contrary to Richard’s beam line model, the consideration of the
inelastic stage for both the beam and connection allowed the model to be used with the
ultimate strength and factored load design methods. The proposed concept was validated
with 19 experiments for three types of shear connection including fin-plate and flexible
end-plate connections. The tests were arranged to represent realistic combinations of
shear, moment and rotation in real structures. Three actuators R, A and S were installed in
order to control the beam end rotation, axial force and shear force respectively, as shown
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
30
in Figure 2.9. A cantilevered beam-to-column setup was connected with one-sided fin-
plate connections whose geometry was varied accordingly. The investigation indicated
that the effect of shear on connection moment is rather crucial, particularly when
approaching the shear capacity. It was observed that, in the early stages of loading, the
moment increases almost in proportion to the shear. However, as yielding starts, the
connection moment remains almost constant until strain hardening causes another
increase of moment.
Figure 2.9 Astaneh (1989a) test setup schematic diagram
In successive experimental tests, Astaneh et al. (2002) concentrated on fin-plate
connections under two loading regimes. This research sought to determine the connection
rotation capacity, and limit states, and to investigate the influence of geometric and
material parameters. In total twenty-five tests were carried out; fifteen full-scale tests for
monotonic gravity loading and ten tests for combinations with cyclic lateral drifts. By
utilising the previous test setup, the fin-plate connections were investigated as both beam-
to-beam and beam-to-column connections, for both circular and slotted bolt holes. In
order to establish design recommendations and a rational procedure for safe and
economical connection, the limit states were identified.
The failure modes adopted by Astaneh were listed in the previous Section 2.1.2, and are
simplified schematically in hierarchical order in Figure 2.10. Two primary factors
influencing the connection behaviour were identified as the number of bolts and the type
of support (rigid or pinned). Astaneh subsequently developed a strength-based design
procedure, allowing the beam to reach its full moment capacity, taking account of the
required shear capacity and connection rotation. This procedure was evaluated using a
Beam
Column
Fin-plate
Actuator ‘R’ Actuator ‘S’
Actuator ‘A’
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
31
finite element model by Ashakul (2004). This researcher also proposed a different
method to calculate shear yielding of the plate, based on investigation of the connection’s
geometric parameters (plate material, plate thickness, distance between bolt line and weld
line). Extensions of the model also included the response of double–vertical-column fin-
plate connections.
Figure 2.10 Hierarchy of failure modes from yielding to fracture (Astaneh and McMullin,
2002).
Creech (2005) conducted experimental tests to create a baseline for comparison to the
existing design procedure, particularly of Astaneh’s work. The focus of this research was
to identify means for improving the adopted fin-plate connection design method in the
AISC LRFD 3rd
Edition Manual (1992). In addition, an extensive database of design
methodologies and findings by previous researchers were gathered for analytical
comparison. Ten full-scale tests incorporated both rigid and flexible support conditions,
using either standard or short-slotted holes in the connection. In the case of flexible
support, simulated slab restraints were considered, in an attempt to generate the effects of
concrete slab superstructure. In contrast to Astaneh’s experimental setup, this research
was loaded by two actuators at positions at the one-third and two-third lengths of the
beam. The test beam was supported with either a column or a beam, whilst the free end of
the beam was supported by a roller. From the test results, the majority of the test
specimens failed by shear rupture of the bolts. A similar observation was recorded with
Astanehs’s test results varying the bolt hole type. Larger connection rotation was
observed for short-slotted holes as compared to general circular bolt holes, but the
ultimate strength was approximately equal for both types.
In 2006, Metzger performed eight full-scale experimental tests to examine the
performance of connection design, according to the published AISC 13th Edition Steel
Loading
starts
Plate
Yielding
Bearing
Yielding
Edge Distance
Fracture
Net Section
Fracture
Bolt Fracture
Weld Fracture
YIELDING MODES FRACTURE MODES
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
32
Construction Manual (AISC, 2005). Two types of connections were tested; conventional
and extended fin-plate connections. Various parameters including the number of bolts,
and the support condition were varied to evaluate the connections on the basis of their
ultimate strength and rotational ductility. It was concluded from the tests that fin-plate
connection design using the AISC 13th Edition procedure conservatively predicts the
ultimate strengths as compared to the previous AISC method. However, it also provides a
more accurate design procedure for fin-plate connections.
Most researchers reviewed in this section were concerned with the moment-rotation or
shear-rotation interaction of fin-plate connections. Theoretically, the fin-plate connection
can accommodate the requisite beam end rotation through a combination of different
mechanisms. The ductility requirement for a target end-rotation of 0.03 radian by Astaneh
et al (1989a) has become a de facto standard for most researchers as the established
rotational requirement (Muir and Thornton, 2011). The ductility requirement was
proposed to achieve the requisite beam end rotation without rupture of any elements in
the connection. The 0.03 radian value, however, was considered to be a conservative
upper bound for the end rotation based on Sarkar and Wallace’s (1992) experimental
results.
Identified dominant failure modes for fin-plate connections were observed to be plate
end-distance yielding, bolt hole bearing failure and weld yielding (Lipson, 1968; Richard,
et al., 1980). Richard prescribed the horizontal edge distance requirement to be twice the
bolt diameter, which was later adopted in the AISC book Engineering for Steel
Construction (AISC, 1984). A similar approach is applied to the Green Book (BCSA,
1991) on this end distance requirement. In contrast, Astaneh’s (1989a) procedure
recommended a total edge distance of 1.5 times the bolt diameter, on the basis that bolt
tear-out never occurred in his testing, and no observation indicated that failure was
imminent.
The “brittle” failure mode of bolt shearing fracture was observed in most of Astaneh’s
research. Another common failure mode observed was weld failure in (Lipson, 1968;
Astaneh, 1989a; Moore and Owens, 1992), and when 8mm welds were used, weld failure
was rare (Aggarwal and Coates, 1988). The bolt group effect effectively assumes an
eccentric offset from the face of the support. Of the methods examined, Creech (2005)
and Baldwin (2006) concluded that the eccentricity can be neglected if the calculated
resistance to vertical shear is reduced by 20%. The strength reduction factor is referred to
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
33
as the bolt group action factor, and is adopted in AISC specification with the basis of the
research on shear splice plate connections.
2.2.2. Review of research on fin-plate connection at elevated temperature
Until recently, joint behaviour in fire has not been studied extensively, and this applies to
fin-plate connections. Investigation of the structural behaviour through experimental tests
undeniably allows realistic global investigation, on all levels, of structural members.
Therefore, full-scale building fire tests are inevitably required to provide the most
accurate picture of connection response. However, this option is unlikely to be an
economically appealing solution for researchers. Many researchers’ have alternatively
turned to testing on isolated joints, due to the inadequacy of the dataset on full-scale
structural fire tests. These are useful, but the actual behaviour of joints in buildings is not
truly reflected, due to the absence of structural continuity.
The unique first full-scale test on fin-plate connection at elevated temperature was carried
out in a test facility in Cardington. The collaborative project was coordinated jointly by
the Building Research Establishment (BRE) and British Steel (known as Tata now). The
details of the tests were documented by Wang (2002), combining a broad range of
research studies for the interested reader. The tests were conducted on an eight-storey
steel-framed test building which was subjected to seven fire tests, providing a wealth of
experimental evidences on structural frame response in fire. In this research, only the
structural integrity test (No.7) will be reviewed, which was carried out in a centrally-
located edge compartment of the building (Wald, et al., 2006b). The structure was laid
out in five 9m bays along its elevation, and three bays spaced at 6m, 9m and 6m across
the width. Overall, the setup provided a total floor area in plan of 45m x 21m, with an
overall height of 33m (Figure 2.11). The main frames were connected using flexible end-
plates for beam-to-column connections and fin-plates for beam-to-beam connections.
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
34
Figure 2.11 Arrangement of structural members and connections in the tested fire
compartment (Wald, et al., 2006b).
Figure 2.11 shows fin-plate connection after the test. Local buckling of the lower beam
flange is shown in Figure 2.12a, this was caused by the high compressive forces
generated in the lower flanges adjacent to the beams after closing the lower gap at large
rotation. While the fin-plate remained intact, bolt-hole elongations were observed in the
beam web, which was 4mm less in thickness than the fin-plate. The yielding of the bolt-
holes provides ductility, allowing larger deformations without connection fracture. The
maximum temperature of the fin-plate connections was 908.3°C, reached at 63 minutes,
when the secondary beam peak temperature was 1088°C (57 minutes) on its lower flange.
In several cases, the bolts were observed to be sheared at the interface of the fin-plate and
beam web (Figure 2.12b). Thermal contraction in the cooling phase generated a high
tensile force on the connection. Fin-plates exhibit low ductility; the rotational stiffness
increased when the lower beam flange made contact with the face of the supporting
member (Newman, et al., 2000).
Figure 2.12 Cardington fin-plate connection failure during and after test
(a) (b)
Fin-plate connection
P10-260×100
D E
2
1
Secondary beam
305×165×40UB
Primary beam
356×171×51UB
End-plate connection
P10-260×100
4M20
40 50
27
60
60
60
40
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
35
In 2005, Ticha and Wald conducted (Sarraj, 2007b) a fire test in Veselí nad Lužnicí, in
the Czech Republic, on a beam with fin-plate connections following the Cardington
laboratory test. A 3m long simply supported beam with three bolted fin-plate connections,
was loaded with two hydraulic jacks (60kN each) at 250mm from each of the beam ends.
Both the beam and fin-plates were grade S235, with the bolts being fully-threaded Grade
8.8 high-strength bolts of 12mm diameter. The geometry of the fin-plate was
125mm×60mm, with 6mm thickness. Lateral restraint was applied by regularly spaced
thin steel strips welded to the beam top flange, connecting it to the test rig. The main
objective was to study the temperature profile of the connection through simulating the
gas temperatures of Cardington fire test No. 7. After the test, the fin-plate showed no sign
of fracture, despite the bolts being sheared completely due to the high tying forces applied
to them during cooling. It was also observed that the beam web suffered diagonal local
buckling in the region between the stiffener and the beam end.
Following this development, Sarraj et al.(2007a, 2007b) studied the behaviour of fin-plate
connections with a highly detailed three-dimensional finite element model. An
investigation was carried out with Abaqus software, using eight-node continuum
hexahedral brick elements for the main parts of the connection. The model was analysed
through the elastic and plastic ranges, up to failure. It was firstly developed on the basis
of a single plate with a bolt bearing against the hole, which was subsequently assembled
into a series of lap-joint as shown in Figure 2.13. The finite element models simulated the
bolt shearing and bearing behaviour in a simple shear connection. It was later verified in
the tests at Veselí nad Lužnicí for both the heating and cooling stages, with reasonable
agreement. Slight discrepancies in the runaway stage were caused by the complexity of
the test arrangement, which applied specific lateral restraint, and this effect was simulated
by simply restraining several nodes on the top flange.
Further investigation on fin-plate connection behaviour was performed in the framework
of a component-based model. An extensive parametric study varying the connection
geometry in the Abaqus modelling provided the optimum load-deflection behaviour,
allowing the mechanical model to be constructed. The generation of this model was
simply derived based on a series of single-bolt lap-joints under tensile force. Three main
components defining the lap-joint characteristic were identified; the plate in bearing, bolt
shear and friction. The evaluation of the proposed component model was carried out
using Abaqus, and compared against the experimental test by Ticha and Wald (Wald et
al., 2006a), with reasonable accuracy.
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
36
Figure 2.13 Three-dimensional modelling of Sarraj (2007b) using Abaqus
In 2005-2008, a collaborative project between the Universities of Sheffield and
Manchester was carried out to investigate the robustness of common types of steel
connection at elevated temperature. The connections were subjected to combinations of
moment, shear and tying force using the test setup shown in Figure 2.14, specimens were
loaded to large deformation and fracture. Yu et al. (2009) performed experiments for
flush endplates, flexible endplates, web cleats and fin-plates, using an electric furnace
with an internal volume of 1.0m3. A detailed description of these experiments will be
given in Chapter 5, in the context of the component model for fin-plate connections
developed in this research.
Figure 2.14 The test setup in University of Sheffield (Yu, et al., 2009).
The test setup for the fin-plates used 200mm deep × 8mm thick plates with three bolt
rows, designed in accordance with the UK design recommendations (BCSA, 1991). Three
Furnace
Reaction Frame
Load Jack
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
37
steady-state elevated-temperatures of 450°C, 550°C and 650°C were used, representing
the temperature range giving rapid degradation of the material properties of both steel and
bolts. The connections were designed to be tested under a combination of shear and tying
forces, corresponding to initial angles of 35º and 55º between the resultant force and the
beam axis. This was possible with an experimental setup that was tilted in the furnace.
Two bolt sizes, of M20 and M24, with grades 8.8 and 10.9, were tested.
It was observed that the failures of the fin-plate connections with Grade 8.8 M20 bolts
were controlled by bolt shear, with visible bearing deformation on the bolt holes, for both
ambient and elevated temperatures. Similar fracture patterns were exhibited by all the test
specimens. The top two bolts were completely sheared before the third bolt was subjected
to significant shear deformation. Based on comparison of the maximum connection
resistances, it was reported that the design resistance recommended by EN 1993-1-8
(2005b) and BCSA (1991) are conservative. Both design guides imply that the failure
mode should be dominated by bearing on the plates, however, this is contradicted by the
test observations.
The studies by Sarraj (2007b) and Yu et al. (2009) have built the fundamentals of this
research through their findings on fin-plate connection behaviour. Using their findings as
a point of reference, a more refined mechanical model has been established here to model
more realistic connection behaviour in fire. The essential behaviour of any connection in
fire involves redistribution of the forces from the connected member, during load
reversals and in both heating and cooling. However, the component models by Sarraj and
Yu both did not considered this effect, and proposed more simplified models. In this
research, force reversal has been dealt appropriately by introducing the unloading of
components and considering the ambiguous effect the of combined forces generated at
the bolt rows. Utilising a bolted shear connection, the slip characteristic of a bolt is
generally simulated by shifting the overall connection bearing behaviour, over a range of
a clearance between the bolt hole and bolt position.
Based on the Cardington database, Selamat and Garlock (2010a, 2010b) investigated a
simple and cost-effective modification of the fin-plate intended to improve connection
performance during a real fire scenario. A finite element model was developed using
Abaqus, applying appropriate boundary conditions simulating the restraint to connections
and structural members. An uncoupled thermo-mechanical analysis was applied in two
phases to the beam-to-beam subassembly. The connection weld was assumed not to fail
in the model, in accordance with Eurocode design. It was discovered that significant
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
38
improvements on the connection behaviour could be achieved by modifying their
geometric detailing, namely by using double plates to the beam web, matching the
thickness of the fin-plate to the beam web thickness, increasing the distances of the bolts
relative to beam end and the gap distance between bottom beam flange and column face.
Three failure modes were examined, for the fire case; bearing by significant deformation
of bolt hole, bolt shear and block-shear tearout. The first two limit states correspond to
the observations and results by Sarraj (2007b) and Yu et al. (2009); block shear tearout
failure was not reported by them.
Jones and Wang (2011) and Wang et al. (2011) conducted ten fire tests on a ‘rugby
goalpost’ subframe to investigate two column sizes and five types of joint, namely: fin-
plate, web cleat, flush endplate, flexible endplate and extended endplate. For each
representative medium-scale restrained subframe, the connections were examined through
equivalent beam-to-column joints. Whilst all the steelwork was left unprotected, the top
flange of beam was wrapped with a layer of 15mm ceramic blanket to generate the effect
shielding of concrete slabs in realistic construction. Two sizes of column were tested,
with connection dimensions of H=150, D=130mm and t=10mm. Both cases generally
exhibited similar beam deflection patterns with buckling of the beam web, resulting in
out-of-plane deformation and twisting of the lower beam flange. The combination of
bending moment and shear force caused fracture of the connection weld between the fin-
plate and column. Smaller column size (UC 152×152×23) generated much smaller force,
with less deformation in the bolt holes as compared to the larger column size (UC
254×254×73). Much larger rotation was also observed with the smaller column, resulting
in substantial bearing of the lower beam flange which caused the column to deform as
shown in Figure 2.15.
Figure 2.15 Buckling of the beam with fin-plate connection (Wang, et al., 2011).
Yang and Tan (2012) presented numerical results for six beam-to-column connection
tests using six different types of connections; web cleat, fin-plate, top and seat with
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
39
angles, flush end-plate and extended end-plate. The objectives of this study were to
improve the understanding of bolted joints under catenary action, and subsequently to
produce better joint design to mitigate progressive collapse. The experimental research
project was conducted at Nanyang Technological University, Singapore. Static and
dynamic finite element models were employed to overcome the common computational
problems of convergence, contact, large deformation and fracture simulation. The fin-
plate connection was observed to fail by shear fracture for both static and dynamic
solution process.
2.3. Mechanical modelling
In searching for alternative methods to compensate for the impracticality of conducting
sufficient high-temperature tests over a wide range of joint types and assemblies, it is
most beneficial to study complex joints using the component-based method. It can be
argued that all connections are semi-rigid, as no practical connection is ideally ‘pinned
‘or ‘rigid’. Thus, applying the philosophy of the component method to sensibly
characterise the behaviour of connections seems the most reasonable and practical
method. In contrast to the detailed finite element analysis, the behaviour of a connection
is subdivided into that of simpler zones with distinct structural functions, represented by
non-linear translational springs, either in parallel or series where appropriate. These
arrangements directly lead to a so-called ‘component-based model’. Ongoing research on
connection design is largely influenced by the philosophy of this approach; which allows
of individual component’s contributions to the deformation behaviour to be evaluated
independently.
The implementation of the component-based model in EN1993-1-8, Annex J (CEN,
2005b) comes about as a result of progressive research reported by the European
workgroup COST C1 during 1990s. The original principles of the component method
were based on experimental and analytical work by Zoetemeijer (1983). The application
of this approach was also detailed by Tschemmernegg and Humer (1988) at the
University of Innsbruck, Austria, focusing on the elastic-plastic behaviour of connection
design for semi-rigid construction. Continuous research throughout the 1980s followed as
a series of projects by Tschemmernegg et al. (1987, 1988, and 1989), performing
extensive test series on welded and bolted joints, and subsequently developing panel zone
models for the joints. Basic relationships were derived on the flexibility between the
panel zone and the connections, describing the overall behaviour of the joint as a
moment-rotation relationship. A general spring model was introduced with reference to
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
40
the test loading arrangement which consisted of three major springs, namely: the load
introduction spring, the shear spring and the connection spring (Figure 2.16). The sum of
the rotations for the joint is based on the activated springs assembled in series, for either
symmetrical or unsymmetrical loading condition. Prompted by the developed component
model, new calculation procedures were also introduced based on the findings.
Figure 2.16 Tschemmernegg and Humer (1988) Spring model
2.3.1. Application of component method at elevated temperature
Over the past decade, the component model has been further developed for different types
of connection, with further scientific refinements to take account of axial force, bending
and shear interaction, for most common types of connections. Successful evaluation of
the component model at ambient temperature was achieved, with a wide range of
experimental data available for validation. Following the continuous development and
improvement of the mechanical model for steel joints at ambient temperature, limited yet
successful research has been carried out on the component method at elevated
temperatures, particularly for the flexible/pinned connection type. The implementation of
this approach has been complemented by finite element computer programs, developed in
research centres and universities. Over the years, significant research has been carried out
MA ΔM=MA MA
MA
LOAD
INTRODUCTION
SPRING
SHEAR SPRING CONNECTION
SPRING
OVERALL
SPRING
+ + =
MP
MeO
θEI θEI θC
MeA
MeE
θ
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
41
at the University of Sheffield Structural Fire Engineering Research Group. Early research
was performed on connection moment-rotation behaviour in two phases, collaborating
with the Building Research Establishment and the Steel Construction Institute (Leston-
Jones, 1997; Al-Jabri, et al., 1997).
At the University of Liége, Jaspart (1997) combined the available component data to
develop a practical design concept for joints at ambient temperature. According to Jaspart
(2000, 2002), in order to integrate the actual joint response in a more consistent approach,
the joint representation can be carried out in four successive steps; joint characterisation,
classification, modelling and idealisation. The application of the component method at the
initial stage of joint characterisation requires the following steps, which will be
introduced mainly in the context of application to fin-plate connections.
a) Identification of the active components
The active components of a joint consist of the elements that directly contribute to the
deformation or limit its strength (Block, 2006). In Annex J of Eurocode 3 (CEN, 2005b)
design rules are given for a number of components of different types of joints. The
resistance and stiffness of the provided components mainly focuses on major-axis joints
using European hot-rolled sections. The assessment of these component properties have
been validated through comparison with experimental results.
Evaluation of the key components can be made by describing their idealised load-transfer
mechanisms. Failure of fin-plate connections at high temperatures involves their response
to a combination of beam end-shear and normal forces, and large rotations. Preliminary
investigation of a fin-plate connection can be carried out by representing the shear
connection as a lap-joint, which transfers the force across the connection via sheared
bolts. Rex and Easterling (2002) modelled the behaviour of single-bolt lap-joints as a
combination of three fundamental behaviours; plate friction, plate bearing and bolt shear.
Similar primary components were adopted by Sarraj (2007b) to accompany the 3D finite
element modelling mentioned in Section 2.2.2. Yu et al. (2009) subsequently applied a
more refined component-based model for fin-plate connections (Figure 2.17), with
reference to the isolated tests she performed at the University of Sheffield. Additional
components are introduced at large rotations at high temperature, which are positioned at
the lower beam flange. Another modification effectively assesses the influence of larger
bolt holes. Movement of the bolt, generating positive contact to the bolt holes, is
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
42
considered by shifting the shear curves accordingly. The development of this model will
be further described in Chapters 3 and 5.
Figure 2.17 Yu et al. (2009) fin-plate connection component model
On a different application of a component-based method, Hu (2009) proposed a newly
developed component model for the flexible end-plate connection, based on Al-Jabri’s,
under various loading conditions. The model included the basic component zones, of
tension and compression, as well as shear, in the fire condition (Figure 2.18). For the
tension zone components, the contributions of the column flange and column web were
ignored, given that flexible end-plate connections are designed as simple joints with
limited stiffness. However, a weld component was introduced, based on Spyrou’s
experimental observation of the possible plastic failure modes. An additional shear
component characteristic was defined, based on the investigation by Sarraj (2007b). This
consideration was adopted on the basis of the active components in shear connections, but
without a friction component. The model was subsequently verified against experimental
data by Yu et al. (2009) to determine the resistance and rotation capacity of the
connection.
Fin plate in
bearing Bolt in shear Beam web in
bearing
Friction
Beam lower flange in contact with column
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
43
Figure 2.18 Hu (2009) component model for partial depth end-plate connection
b) Specification of component characteristics
Comprehensive understanding of the overall behaviour of steel structures is crucial to
guaranteeing their fire-resistance, and so the alternative of using analytical tools may
further improve design efficiency by providing a rational representation of the behaviour.
According to Simões da Silva et al. (2001) any attempt to predict the behaviour of steel
connections in fire loading is further complicated by several phenomena:
1. Variation of the material properties of steel with temperature,
2. Accurate prediction of time-temperature variation within the various joint
components,
3. Differential elongations of the various components because of increasing
temperature,
4. Proper definition of fire development models within a building envelope, and the
subsequent time-temperature profiles of the joint components.
Thus, the accuracy of prediction of overall connection behaviour largely depends on the
interpretation of individual component characteristics. The characterisation of these
components can be represented through their force-displacement curves. The effect of
weakening of steel at elevated temperature can be applied at this stage, using high-
temperature material properties, as was done by Leston-Jones (1997) and Al-Jabri (1999),
or by developing an elevated-temperature model predicting the capacities of the
components (Spyrou, 2002). There are several different options to model the real
component behaviour, elastic-plastic, multi-linear and non-linear, as shown in Figure 2.19
(Block, 2006). The stiffness and resistance of individual constitutive relationships govern
the manner in which the connections will behave. The application of the adopted model
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
44
may depend on the required level of analytical accuracy. Simplified characterisations of
the components are possible whenever only the resistance, or the initial stiffnesses, of the
joints are required, without significant loss of accuracy.
a) Elastic-plastic b) Muli-linear c) Non-linear
Figure 2.19 Idealisation of component characteristics (Jaspart, 2002; Block, 2006)
Connection design should satisfy the dual criteria of not just providing sufficient strength,
but also ductility. Simões da Silva et al. (2001) proposed a component model for typical
bolted end-plate joints. The components are classified according to their ductility in three
main groups; high-ductility, limited-ductility and brittle-failure (Figure 2.20). The
evaluation of the joint ductility constitutes an essential characteristic to ensure sufficient
rotation or deformation capacity for the connection.
d) High ductility e) Limited ductility f) Brittle failure
Figure 2.20 Ductility of end-plate connection (Simoes da Silva, et al., 2001; Del Savio, et
al., 2009).
In this fin-plate component characterisation, Yu et al. (2009) assumed that a bolt’
resistance decreased to zero gradually. This enabled the component model to simulate the
progressive shear of bolts observed in the tests. This contradicts Sarraj’s (2007b)
assumption, that immediate fracture occurred after the maximum shear resistance of a
bolt was exceeded. The post-yielding of the component characteristic is able to predict
more accurately the connection behaviour, provided that the definition of the
characteristics can be closely generated.
Δ
F
FRd
Ke
Kp
Δe
F
FRd
Ke
Kp
Δe
Δ
F
Δe
FRd
Ke Δ
δ
F
δ
F
δ
F
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
45
c) Assembly of the components
Assembly of connection components is based on the distribution of the internal forces
within the joint. The overall applied forces are distributed at each loading step between
the individual components according to the instantaneous stiffness and resistance of each
component (Jaspart, 2000). The component-based model assembly comprises zero-length
extensional springs representing components, and rigid links. In instances where the
initial model is rather complicated, simplification of the component model by reducing
the number of components that may present is required, in order to obtain analytical
solutions for the proposed assembly. A simplification process for connection elements
can be exemplified using an equivalent elastic model developed by Simões da Silva
(2001), which was able to yield a closed-form analytical expression to overcome
numerical complexities. The elastic model showed identical results to the original elastic-
plastic model, shown in Figure 2.21.
Figure 2.21 Cruciform beam-to-column connection (a) Geometry of joint (b) Mechanical
model (c) Basic non-linear model (d) Equivalent elastic model (Simoes da Silva, et al.,
2001).
In general, for all types of connection, analytical prediction of the response of steel joints
requires a continuous change of the mechanical properties with temperature. According to
Simões da Silva (2001), for a given temperature θ, and for component i, the properties
can be described as;
M
M
k2
ϕ
k3,1
k4,1 k5,1 k6,1 k7,1 k8,1
k3,2
k4,2 k5,2 k6,2 k7,2 k8,2
M
Kc
ϕ Kt
M
Lc
ϕ ket
Lc kec
kpc, Pc
kpt, Pt
Lt Lt
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
46
(2.1)
(2.2)
(2.3)
The isothermal response of a steel joint loaded by a moment is summarised using a non-
linear numerical procedure by Silva. For a given level of applied component force
, the equivalent deformation given by;
(2.4)
Similarly for
,
(2.5)
Considering equilibrium, the moment at a given level of joint deformation is,
(2.6)
Thus, referring to Figure 2.21c, the stiffness and rotation of the joint, at temperature θ,
can be derived accordingly. At , stiffness . Implementation of this
solution requires an incremental procedure, which results in the derivation of a moment-
rotation curve for a given connection at temperature θ.
(2.7)
So the rotation,
(2.8)
In a framed structure during fire, a beam-to-column connection experiences changing
combinations of axial forces and bending moments. In order to respond correctly to such
load reversals, a load-reversal approach needs to be defined for each connection element
at elevated temperature. This is partly due to the likely occurrence of large displacements,
but is also due to the thermal effects and their transient character.
Block (2006) has adopted the Masing rule (Masing, 1923) to include the hysteresis
behaviour of the tension and compression zones. The concept of a “reference point” and
“permanent displacement” has been used to predict the unloading curves at changing
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
47
temperature (Figure 2.22). Santiago et al. (2008a) applied the same theory, based on the
assumption that the tensile and compressive curves do not share the same line of action.
Ramli-Sulong et al. (2007) also developed a tri-linear monotonic force-deformation
characteristic, and subsequently extended it to account for cyclic loading using the
research code Adaptic, The simulations of the component model gave reasonable
agreement to the experimental results from Al-Jabri (1999) and Spyrou (2002), but were
sensitive to the modelling idealisations and the simplified temperature-dependent material
representations.
The possibility of highly realistic simulation of structural interaction provides an
alternative to compensate for the impracticality of conducting sufficient high-temperature
tests over a wide range of members in isolation and in assemblies. Many computer
programs have now been developed by research groups, and these are becoming
increasingly popular for engineers as specialist design tools to facilitate appropriate
strategies in fire resistance design.
Figure 2.22 Definition of the reference point and permanent deformation (Block, 2006).
2.4. Summary
In this chapter, modelling of steel connections is firstly introduced in the context of their
design stiffness classification, which is a key component to the behaviour of connection
in structural frames. This review on available research results from studies of connection
Loading curves
Intersection
point
Unloading curves
Displacement
Fo
rce
T1< T2
F1> F2 F1
F2
δ2 δ1
δpl, 1
Reference Point
δpl, 2
T1
T2
Chapter 2:Literature review of modelling steel connection in fire
48
behaviour in the framework of the component-based method indicates that it has proven
successful for most majority types of connections. It seems that application of the
component-based model may contribute to the development of enhanced analysis of
connections in fire. This is paralleled by advances in computer modelling for structural
analysis, which has grown in complexity to cater for more advanced structural
assessment; for instance, the consideration of beam catenary action and membrane action
in slabs at elevated temperatures. However, none of these studies haveresearched on the
fin plate connection subjected to combined shear, moment and axial tensile load during
the force reversal at high temperatures. The review on the experimental tests for fin-plate
connections also indicates that limited number of investigation is available; particularly
dealing with these combination forces. In this circumstance, with the popular usage of
fin-plate in building construction, this research is necessary to understand the real
performance of simple connections in fire.
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
49
3. CHARACTERISATION OF FIN-PLATE CONNECTION
COMPONENTS
The general requirement for design of any type of connection involves providing
sufficient ductility and rotation capacity to ensure the safety and performance of the
connection. Ductility is defined as the connection’s capability to undergo large inelastic
deformations without losing all its strength. For the case of a simple shear connection,
normal design concerns only the strength and ductility needed to transfer the beam end
reaction to its support and to rotate with the beam end without failing, as shown in Figure
3.1 (Astaneh, 1989a). In most cases, an explicit approach to connection design is
necessary, as the inherent steel ductility can not provide the desired overall ductile
performance. Therefore, appropriate design strategies must be adopted, recognising and
avoiding any conditions that may lead to brittle failures in the shear connections.
Figure 3.1 Beam-to-column rotation for simple connection (Astaneh, 1989a).
3.1. Design philosophy of fin-plate shear connections
One of the fundamental components of a fin-plate connection is the high-strength bolt in
single shear. The simplest example which uses this is a single-bolt lap-joint connection.
This joint is formed by attaching two plates with a single bolt fastening them through
oversized holes. The geometrical detail of a single-bolted lap-joint is illustrated in Figure
3.2.
θ
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
50
Figure 3.2 Geometrical detail of a single-bolt lap-joint
In any connection, evaluation of the key aspects requires an appreciation of the idealised
load transfer mechanisms. For a fin-plate shear connection, the line of action of the net
shear force is assumed to pass through the centroid of the bolt group, thus, loading the
connection in shear via the sheared bolts. The force transfer mechanism adopted in this
research is ideally defined as a combination of friction, acting alone in the initial stage,
and subsequent bearing once the major components in the connection are in bearing
contact. Lap-joint connections can be subjected to either single- or double-shear,
according to the number of shearing planes adopted. The use of double plates reduces the
number of bolts by utilising their capacity to shear across multiple planes (BCSA, 1991),
and also makes the load path through the connection symmetric.
The behaviour of a lap joint connection can be described throughout the progress of its
loading stages. The corresponding forces and stresses in the connected materials can be
detailed using the free-body diagrams for the interfaces between the plates and the bolt
shown in Figure 3.3. During the initial loading phase, it is assumed that the bolts are
installed centrally, and so do not carry any bearing or shear force. When a high-strength
bolt is fully tightened, a clamping force T, which prevents any relative movements of the
connected plates, is produced (Figure 3.3a). This force utilises the plate’s frictional
resistance in order to transfer the load solely by the friction between the plates. The
frictional resistance is a function of contact area of the plate surfaces and the level of
tightening of the bolt. A slip-resistant joint is one which is designed, using bolts with a
specified tension force, to avoid slip at any time during the life of the structure, and so the
design of this kind of joint is to be carried out at working load (Kulak et al., 1987). When
the load exceeds the frictional resistance, unlimited relative displacement occurs, until the
bolt comes into simultaneous contact with the opposite bolt hole edges. This displacement
End distance
Edge
distance
I
I
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
51
is a finite slip, ranging from zero up to two hole clearances. In general, the positions of
the bolts in their respective holes during the assembly process define the slip ranges.
The bolt shank subsequently bears onto the circumferences of the bolt holes. At this
stage, after slip has occurred, the load is transmitted largely through shear of the bolts
(Figure 3.3b), which is equilibrated by the bearing stresses between the bolt and the edges
of the holes in the plates. The connection behaves elastically with increasing load until
the appropriate stress in either the bolt or the plates reaches the yield strength of the
material. This establishes the lower bound limit to the connection strength of the bolted
lap-joint.
Figure 3.3 Load transfer mechanism in a bolted joint; (a) frictional force, (b) bearing
stress.
Typical deformation of a single-shear bolted connection can be explained with reference
to Figure 3.4. As the plates are loaded in tension (pulling apart in opposite directions), the
eccentricity between the lines of action of the loads pulling on the connected members
causes plastic secondary bending of each of the plates, which reduces this eccentricity.
Provided that the initial eccentricity is kept small, the development of secondary bending
stresses may be disregarded. In instances where secondary bending develops, uneven
bearing of the plates and bending of the bolt results. In such cases the effective shear
strength of the bolt is reduced to approximately about 60% of its tensile strength (Owens
and Cheal, 1989). This effect is more pronounced in thin plates; as the loads tend to align
axially the bolt rotates so that it is partly in tension and partly in shear. However, if the
specimen is symmetric, with double-shear action on the bolt, there is no bending of the
net sections.
Bearing
stresses
F
F
F
F
T
T
T
T
Frictional
force
(a) (b)
Shearing
forces
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
52
Figure 3.4 Typical deformation of lap joint with a single bolt subjected to single shear
(Sarraj, 2007b)
Eurocode 3-1-8 (CEN, 2005b) does not provide a detailed analysis of bolted shear
connections, but recommendations are given for the evaluation of stiffness and resistance
properties for several individual primary components. In this chapter, the derivation of
the fin-plate connection’s rotational capacity is carried out by considering the effective
stresses and forces exerted during the whole loading-unloading cycle. These affect the
connection mainly through hole distortions in the plates and shear deformations of the
bolts. Subsequently, the characterisation of the behaviour of the components that
contribute to the deformation of the fin-plate connection will be discussed in detail.
3.2. Failure modes of fin-plate shear connection
Connections in general should possess the characteristics of both strength and ductility,
which in the context of shear connection refers to their ability to articulate plastically at
some stage of the loading cycle without failure; this is governed by the ductilities of their
elementary parts. The ductility of a joint reflects the length of the post-yield
characteristic in its moment-rotation response, which for the case of fin-plate connection
is provided mainly by its capacity for plate yielding and bearing deformation at its bolt
holes as a means of accommodating the beam-end rotation. This is supported by early
research by Lipson (1968), who concluded that the ductility of fin-plate connections is
derived from the bolt deformation, plate and/or beam web hole distortion, and by out-of
plane bending of the plate and/or beam web.
Failure of a structural connection occurs when the forces transferred exceed the load-
carrying capacity of the connection. In essence, the overall capacity of a connection is
based on the strengths of its components. The limit states identified for a bolted lap-joint
shear connection are bearing failure, bolt-shear failure, shear-out (“block-shear”) failure
and net section tensile failure (Kulak et al., 1987; Sarraj, 2007b). However, not every
limit state is of interest, as the design guides (CEN, 2005b; BCSA, 1991) permit
conservative design, with implicit consideration of the non-dominant limit states.
Rotation of bolt, shearing
and tension
Secondary bending
F F
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
53
Therefore, only critical limit states that contribute to the effectiveness of the connection
design, mainly involving plate bearing and bolt shearing components (Figure 3.5), are
investigated further. Brief overviews of other types of failure mode are also given below,
to describe the possible occurrence of other localised failures in shear connections.
Figure 3.5 Fin-plate connection failure mode; a) plate bearing and b) bolt shearing
The existence of holes in a plate causes discontinuities in its geometry, thus causing
disruption of the stress trajectories, and subsequently causes high stress concentrations in
the region of the holes. Net section failure is characterised by uniform cross-section
distortion (necking) at the maximum stress concentration, which then propagates
transversely and causes fracture of the plate across the net section (Salih, et al., 2010).
Block shear failure is defined as the tear-out failure of a portion of the connection, which
occurs due to combination of fracture at the net section and yielding in shear at the gross
section of the perpendicular plane (Ibrahim, 1995). It is not considered to be the
governing limit state by the design provisions of AISC-LRFD (AISC, 1999) or EC3-1-8
(CEN, 2005b), as their practical recommendation provides a dimensional limitation on
the horizontal end distance to be equal to or greater than twice the diameter of the bolt db,
for both the plate and the beam web. This failure mode is precluded by setting this limit
for sufficient end-distance in design.
End-tearout is caused by the bolts in a connection tearing out the end of a plate before the
net cross-section capacity or the bearing stress capacity can be reached. This failure
occurs in the principal force direction, when the end distance is insufficiently long,
because of yielding along the plate-shearing path (Sarraj, 2007b). The weld thickness and
length requires that the plate yield prior to weld rupture. Thus, the design requirement for
the fin-plate connection has usually discounted weld failure as one of the dominant
Bolt
shearing
Plate
yielding
(a) (b)
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
54
factors. In addition, avoidance of buckling in the plate can also be ensured with the
requirement of the distance from the weld to the bolt column (Muir and Thornton, 2011).
Figure 3.6 Other failure modes for single lap-joint; a) Net section failure, b) Block shear
failure and c) End-tearout failure (Ibrahim, 1995).
In this research, the dominant failure criteria are introduced for each individual
component to facilitate the simulation of its behaviour at different temperatures, and
including its final fracture. The design procedure classifies the failure modes into
‘ductile’ and ‘brittle’, and attempts to ensure that ductile failure modes precede the brittle
ones. Beyond this stage, the maximum resistance of the aggregate bolt-row characteristic
is controlled by that of its weakest component. Thus, the post-yield failure characteristic
for a bolt-row follows the dominant component. It should be noted that the initial
frictional resistance between plates diminishes somewhat when slip occurs in a bolt row.
3.2.1. Bearing of plates
Bearing failure of the plates involves yielding of the plate material close to the contact
region at the hole edge. The bearing strength is highly affected by the lateral confinement
of the material surrounding the hole. The contact area between the bolt and connected
plates is referred to as the bearing area (Figure 3.7). The stress concentration near the
bearing area at a hole develops when a bolt bears on the edge of the bolt hole. This causes
localised yielding or fracture around the hole, changing the overall configuration of the
connection. The limiting condition of the yielding at this stage can significantly affects
the strength, or facilitates ductile failure of the connection. The presence of threads in the
bearing zone increases the flexibility of bearing behaviour, without reducing its strength.
An increase of bearing strength is developed once the threads have dug into the plate,
caused by the additional through-thickness restraint (Owens and Cheal, 1989)
Tensile
area
(a) (b) (c)
Shear
area
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
55
Figure 3.7 Bearing stress area.
The development of the bearing stresses in the material adjacent to the hole and the bolt
can be explained in stages, illustrated Figure 3.8. At the early stage, the bearing stress is
concentrated at the point where positive contact is made, indicated as the elastic bearing
stress region (Figure 3.8a). Subsequently, increased loading causes yielding and bolt
embedment on a larger contact area, which results in the more uniform stress distribution
depicted in Figure 3.8b during the elastic-plastic stage. Although the actual bearing stress
remains ill-defined at this stage, it can be assumed that a uniform stress distribution
(Figure 3.8c) exists, expressed as a function of the plate thickness and nominal bolt
diameter (Kulak, et al., 1987). According to Owens (1989), the actual bearing strength is
approximately a linear function of the geometrical parameters, particularly the end
distance. Bearing of the plate will only become critical provided that the specimen is
sufficiently wide for the net section not to yield in tension previously. Design provisions
(BCSA, 1991; AISC, 1999) recommend that the failure of shear connections should be
dominated by bearing of plates, so that the definitions of these limiting parameters are
crucial.
Figure 3.8 Bearing stresses in bolted plates; a) Elastic, b) elastic-plastic and c) Nominal.
a) Initial stiffness Ki of the plate-in-bearing component
In 2003, Rex and Easterling conducted experimental research at Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, USA to provide data on the strength and load-deformation behaviour of a single
plate bearing on a single bolt. Several parameters were systematically studied; these
included the end distance (le), the plate thickness (tp), bolt diameter (db), edge condition
(sheared or saw) and plate width. The test setup (Figure 3.9) shows the test specimen,
d
P
P P P
P P
P/2 P/2
P
db
t
Bearing
Area
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
56
positioned between the top and bottom of the test rig in the testing machine. During the
test, the specimens were loaded until either the limit load was reached or the specimen
failed. The primary interest in the tests was the characterisation of the initial stiffness.
Nevertheless, measuring this value from experiments was rather complicated. Hence, a
combination with finite element data was used to develop and evaluate the initial stiffness
values based on predictive models.
Figure 3.9 Rex and Easterling (2003) Test setup.
The proposed prediction model identified three primary factors influencing the derivation
of the initial stiffness; namely bearing, bending and shearing. The bearing stiffness (Kbr)
was referred to the bolt bearing at the hole, whilst the bending stiffness (Kb) and the
shearing stiffness (Kv) were calculated from the material between the bolt and the ends of
the plates. The accuracy of this model was assessed using best-fit data with reference to
the upper-and lower-bound stiffnesses, considering the precision of the deformation- and
load-measuring devices. Thus, the final stiffness accounts for the model with an
arrangement in series, and is given by;
(3.1)
Alternatively, the current Eurocode 3-1-8, Annex J (CEN, 2005b) provides an equation
for prediction of the initial stiffness of the bearing component, which is given for the case
when the bolts are not fully tightened.
(3.2)
Where; (3.3)
(3.4)
A325 Bolt
Tested plate
51mm Bolts
Top of test rig Bottom of test rig
Spacing plates
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
57
b) Bearing stiffness, Kbr
According to Rex and Easterling, the bearing of a bolt on the bolt hole requires
simplifications to relate the bearing stiffness model to the plate geometry and material
characteristics. The bearing stiffness model was assumed as two-dimensional, and contact
was established at the yield stress. With this simplification, the geometrical model can be
exemplified as in Figure 3.10, where r1 and r2 represent the radii of the bolt and bolt hole
respectively. From the model illustrated, the Δbr indicates the local bearing deformation,
for which the initial value is assumed to be 0.102 mm based on comparison of values of
Kbr and finite element models. The area of bearing deformation Ap is given by Equation
(3.5), and the arc angle α1 between the bolt and plate is defined by Equation (3.6).
Figure 3.10 Rex and Easterling (2003) bearing stiffness model.
(3.5)
(3.6)
The nonlinear relationship between the bolt diameter and the stiffness given in the
following equation is derived based on the relationship
:
(3.7)
Sarraj (2007b) adopted a similar equation describing the plate bearing component, but
with a few modifications based on a finite element parametric study. A three-dimensional
model was simulated in Abaqus based on the Rex and Easterling experimental setup, but
with the assumption that the bolt was fully tightened, in contrast to the original setup. The
parameters attributable to the bearing deformation were investigated in detail; for instance
Δbr y
x
α1
α2
r1
r2
Bearing
deformation
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
58
end distance e2, plate thickness tp, the angle of bearing, plate temperature and bolt
diameter db.
In the parametric study, the end distance of the plate was varied from 2db to 7.5db, with
constant plate thickness of 10mm and bolt type M20 high-strength Grade 8.8, installed in
a 22mm bolt hole. From the FE model, the ultimate bearing strength was observed to
improve gradually as the end distance increased from 2.0db to 3.0db. However, beyond
this range no distinctive influence was established. Sarraj later distinguished the
component behaviour in two cases of bearing on the basis of a small end distance (e2 ≤
2.0db) for tension and a large end distance (e2 ≥ 3.0db) for compression, as detailed in
Table 3.1.
In order to identify the influence of bolt size on the bearing component, three bolt sizes
(M16, M20 and M22) at Grade 8.8 were considered. Constant plate strength of S275 and
thickness of 6mm were defined for the models. The plate end distances of 2.0db and
3.0db were varied for all bolt sizes. For both cases, a proportional increase of the bearing
strength was observed with bolt diameter. Thus, it was proposed that for large end
distance, two separate cases should be distinguished, for M24 bolts and upward, and M20
bolts and downward. For small end distance, the same expression applied to all bolt sizes.
Sarraj initiated an attempt to model the behaviour of fin-plate connections at elevated
temperature, and successfully substantiated an FE model against available experimental
results. Based on the results generated, a general expression to describe the force-
displacement behaviour was developed using curve-fitting to several non-linear
equations. The bearing stiffness equation (3.8) was proposed by Sarraj using the curve
fitting value Ω, with reference to the Rex and Easterling Equation.
(3.8)
In the plate bearing component model, the temperature effect was considered by applying
the strength reduction factors of Eurocode 3-1-2 (CEN, 2005a) to the yield stress fy as
indicated in the second column of Table 3.1.
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
59
Table 3.1 Plate bearing curve fit parameter Ω
c) Bending and shearing stiffness (Kb and Kv)
For connections with large end distance, the bolt bearing stiffness governs the initial
stiffness. However, as the end distance decreases, the final stiffness Ki is primarily
influenced by the bolt bending and shearing stiffnesses (Oltman, 2004). Rex and
Easterling addressed the shear and bending stiffness using simplified assumptions about
the geometrical attributes of the plate and bolt. The steel in between the hole and the end
of the plate is considered as an elastic fixed-ended beam with height h and length l, as
shown in Figure 3.11.
Figure 3.11 Rex and Easterling (2003) bending and shear stiffness model.
The derivation of the bending and shearing stiffnesses can be expressed by considering
the theoretical load distribution of the short deep-beam model, in addition to its
slenderness ratio (l/h). The equations (3.9)-(3.10) are derived on the assumption of a
Temperature
T (°C)
Reduced
yield stress,
fy,θ
Tension, small end
distance, (e2 ≤ 2.0db)
Compression, Large end
distance(e2 ≥ 3.0db)
All sizes of bolt For M24 bolts
and larger
For bolts up
to M20
20 1.0 × fy 145 250 250
100 1.0× fy 180 250 220
200 1.0× fy 180 250 220
300 1.0× fy 180 250 220
400 1.0× fy 170 200 200
500 0.78× fy 130 170 170
600 0.47× fy 80 110 110
700 0.23× fy 45 40 40
800 0.11× fy 20 20 20
db
e2
Height = e2-db /2 Fixed end
beam
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
60
uniform load distribution, generating best-fit values when compared to the finite element
models.
Bending Stiffness;
(3.9)
Shearing Stiffness;
(3.10)
The expression for the final stiffness Ki derived by Rex and Easterling produced an
average difference of +12% from the actual experimental stiffness, with a coefficient of
variation (COV) of 23%. The comparison of the experimental results with Eurocode 3-1-
8 (CEN, 2005b) gave an average of 15% with COV of 24%. Therefore, the proposed
bearing model is shown to have the best correlation with the experimental results.
d) Plate strength
The nominal plate bearing strength is given with different expressions by existing design
codes (AISC, 1993; AISC, 1999; CEN, 2005b), which will be reviewed in this section.
The bearing and tear-out strengths are calculated identically in all design provisions, as a
limitation in the direction of the force applied to the bolt hole.
The bearing strength recommended by AISC-LRFD 3rd
(AISC, 1993) is given in
Equation (3.11) The plate strength is defined by considering the shear yielding, shear
rupture, block shear rupture and bearing capacity of the plate. This design equation is
defined for a standard bolt hole, as well as for oversized, short-slotted and long-slotted
bolt holes, when deformation of the bolt hole at service load is a design consideration.
(3.11)
Where e2 is given as the end distance, t as thickness of plate, db is the bolt diameter and fu
as the yield strength of the plate.
The AISC-LRFD 13th Edition manual (AISC, 1999) extended the procedure for the
flexibility requirement as given in Equation (3.12). The revised manual included an
additional check on plate buckling as well as plate flexure.
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
61
(3.12)
Where, (3.13)
(3.14)
Equations (3.11) and (3.12) were adopted from experimental tests reported by Kulak et al.
(1987), based on evidence of apparent hole elongation by bearing deformation which
occurred immediately adjacent to the bolt hole. The defined limit state of 2.4 dbtfu
provides a bearing strength which is attainable at the reasonable deformation of 1/4 in.
(approximately 6.35mm), limiting the hole ovalisation length. However, the clear
distance Le between bolt holes is used rather than the end distance e2 or the bolt spacing,
as used by Kulak et al.(1987).
Eurocode 3-1-8 (CEN, 2005b) recommends a different expression for the design bearing
resistance, as given by Equation (3.15).
(3.15)
In the case of end bolts, the αd is taken to be e2 /3db in the direction of load transfer, whilst
in the direction perpendicular to the load direction, value of k1 is given by the smallest
value of (2.8 e2 /db – 1.7) or 2.5 for the edge bolts. The recommended value of the partial
safety factor γM2 is given as 1.25.
(3.16)
The design provisions give conservative design bearing strengths, with the Eurocode
prediction being lower than of AISC-LRFD by 20%. This is partly due to the strength
reduction factor imposed by AISC-LRFD being 0.75, whereas the Eurocode uses a safety
factor of 1.25, equivalent to a 0.8 strength reduction factor. This is supported by Rex and
Easterlings’ reported experimental finding that the coefficients of variation for the plate
strength given by AISC-LRFD 13rd
Edition was 30% compared with the experimental
results, being considerably over-conservative in bearing resistance design. The best
correlation was given by AISC-LRFD 3rd
Edition with COV of 10%, followed by
Eurocode 3-1-8 with merely 11%. This value was calculated, based on the ratio of plate
strength in the tests to the predicted strengths, using the respective design guides.
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
62
Therefore, the plate strength recommendation by AISC-LRFD 3rd
Edition seems suitable
to be adopted in the plate strength calculation.
From the detailed FE modelling, Sarraj proposed a design bearing equation, which
classifies the bearing cases based on the plate end-distance. For bearing in tension, the
strength calculation considers a general case for all sizes of bolt, given by Equation
(3.17). For small end distance (e2 ≤ 2.0db), the value of e2 is substituted by 2.0db in this
equation. However, for bearing in compression, the bearing strength can be calculated
using Equation (3.18) for all sizes of bolt, substituting a value of 3.0db for large end-
distance case (e2 ≤ 3.0db). Otherwise the e2 value is valid.
(3.17)
(3.18)
e) Plate bearing normalised force-displacement relationship
Rex and Easterling (2003) represented the bearing component behaviour using
normalised force-displacement values, which were subsequently fitted into the equation
originated by Richard and Abbot (1975) with the resulting relationship given in Equation
(3.19). Sarraj (2007b) also adopted a similar expression, given in Equation (3.20),
adopting different curve-fit values Ψ and Ω. These curve-fit parameters were derived on
the basis of the most effective plate bearing behaviour generated from the parametric
finite element modelling.
In the case of the force-displacement relationship at elevated temperature, the curve-fit
values were defined for each corresponding temperature, according to the end-distance
limitation and bolt sizes. The summarised curve-fit values for a range of temperatures
given by Sarraj (2006b) are shown in Table 3.2 and Table 3.3. As proposed previously, in
the case of compressive bearing strength, the curve-fit values differ, depending on the
sizes of the bolts used.
(3.19)
(3.20)
(3.21)
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
63
The given F is the plate force [N], Fb,rd is the nominal plate strength, is the normalised
hole elongation, and β is the steel correction factor (equal to 30% elongation, and taken
equal as β=1 for typical steel).
Table 3.2 Tensile curve-fit values at different temperatures in the case of small end
distance (e2 ≤ 2.0db)
Table 3.3 Compressive curve-fit values at different temperatures in the case of large end
distance (e2 ≥ 3.0db)
f) Pre- and post-yielding regions of plate bearing component
All design standards treat end tear-out and bearing failure as a single limit state, by
providing a design equation that relates end tear-out capacity to the end distance, and by
setting an upper limit for the bearing capacity (Rex and Easterling, 2003; Salih et al.,
2010). The analytical model derived by Sarraj for plate bearing has been adopted for
For all sizes of bolt
20 1.0× fu 2.1 0.012
100 1.25× fy 2 0.008
200 1.25× fy 2 0.008
300 1.25× fy 2 0.008
400 1.0× fy 2 0.008
500 0.78× fy 2 0.008
600 0.47× fy 2 0.008
700 0.23× fy 2 0.008
800 0.11× fy 1.8 0.008
For bolts up to M20 For M24 bolts and larger
20 1.0× fy 1.7 0.011 1.7 0.008
100 1.25× fy 1.7 0.011 1.7 0.008
200 1.25× fy 1.7 0.011 1.7 0.008
300 1.25× fy 1.7 0.011 1.7 0.008
400 1.0× fy 1.7 0.009 1.7 0.008
500 0.78× fy 1.7 0.007 1.7 0.008
600 0.47× fy 1.7 0.0055 1.7 0.008
700 0.23× fy 1.7 0.0055 1.7 0.007
800 0.11× fy 1.7 0.001 1.7 0.007
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
64
further analysis. Based on the experimental data by Rex and Easterling (2002), a
comparison of the plate bearing characteristic has been investigated in detail, together
with Sarraj’s finite element model. The force-deflection relationship in Figure 3.12 shows
good agreement between the generated analytical model and the experimental test. The
geometrical details of the single-plate specimen tested by Rex and Easterling are; 127mm
plate width, 6.5mm thickness and 38mm end distance. The bolt fastening the plate was a
high-strength bolt with 25mm diameter. The material properties of the plate were listed as
205 kN/mm2 Elastic modulus, 307 N/mm
2 Yield stress and 452 N/mm
2 ultimate strength.
Figure 3.12 Comparison of the plate bearing component up to yield.
The incorporation of the substantiated plate bearing characteristic generally defined for
the behaviour of the plate bearing component at maximum resistance and before yielding
stage, for both the beam web and the cover plates. The behaviour of the bearing
component adopted is shown Figure 3.13, for the pre- and post-yield stages of plate
bearing.
Figure 3.13 Plate bearing characteristic for component model.
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
PLATE BEARING
TEST (Rex, 2003)
FEM (Sarraj, 2006)
COMP MODEL
Fo
rce (
kN
)
Displacement (mm)
PLATE BEARING
Fbrt, max
COMPRESSIVE
TENSILE
e2
Fbr, yield
Fbrc, max
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
65
As the applied tensile force increases from zero, the concentration of stress develops
elastically with deformation, in the vicinity of the bolt hole. Local yielding of the plates is
subsequently initiated as maximum stresses develop at the hole edge, allowing stress
redistribution to happen around the bolt hole. In this case, the bolt is embedded in the side
of the bolt hole, and the material of the plate in the contact zone piles up, causing
ovalisation of the bolt hole.
At the initiation of plate yielding, the plate bearing characteristic tends to retain some
stiffness, generating a low rate of bearing deformation. The bearing resistance Fbrt, max is
then reached, beyond which there is a plateau until a considerable plastic range has been
exceeded. The elongation of the bolt hole is largely influenced by the ductility of the plate
material and its dimensions (thickness t and end distance e2). The ultimate limiting factor
for the plate strength, when the bolt protrudes close to the edge of the plate, is given by
the end distance e2, between the bolt hole and the plate edge. Any movement in the
opposite-direction away from the edge of the plate (compressive action) results in large
bearing deformation of the bolt hole, without the occurrence of tear-out failure, and is
taken as infinitely ductile.
The force-displacement relationship derived for the plate bearing component at ambient
temperature defines the characteristic at elevated temperature. The reduced bearing
characteristics subject to elevated temperature is shown in Figure 3.14, for tension and
compression for temperatures up to 900°C. From low temperature up to 400°C, no
significant reduction in stiffness or capacity of the bearing component is observed.
However, with the weakening of steel strength, the bearing capacity is reduced, with an
ultimate deformation limiting the hole ovalisation in tension only. The plate bearing
failure mode in a connection generally shows signs of distress through permanent plastic
deformation, but tends to be non-catastrophic, in contrast to the more brittle shearing
failure.
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
66
Figure 3.14 Temperature-dependent plate bearing characteristic for component model; a)
tensile and b) compressive.
3.2.2. Bolt shearing
This simulates the effect when the critical shear cross-section of a bolt becomes fully
plastic. When the equivalent plastic stress exceeds the true yield stress of the bolt, then
the residual cross section of the bolt is gradually deemed to yield, initiating the failure of
a joint. Bolt shear is generally considered to be an undesirable failure mode, because it
does not involve enough ductility to ensure a simultaneous plastic distribution of the
forces taken by the bolts, and can therefore allow progressive failure. Bolt shearing acts
across the shearing planes, which are the planes between the connected plates moving in
opposite directions, in either single- or double-shear (Figure 3.15). The bolt hole can be
defined as standard, slotted or oversized. Whilst the ideal bolt hole is a close fit to the
bole diameter, most holes have a pre-defined clearance for more practical assembly on
site.
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
0 10 20 30 40 50
Fo
rce (
kN
)
Displacement (mm)
-120
-100
-80
-60
-40
-20
0
-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0
Fo
rce (
kN
)
Displacement (mm)
20 C
100 C
200 C
300 C
400 C
500 C
600 C
700 C
800 C
900 C
Tensile plate
deformation
Compressive
plate
deformation
(a)
(b)
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
67
Figure 3.15 a) Single-shear failure and b) Double-shear failure.
The bolt shearing strength is determined experimentally, and is approximately about
60%-80% of its ultimate tensile strength, the variation being due to the threads in the
shearing plane. This range covers values given by Eurocode 3-1-8 (CEN, 2005b) and
AISC-LRFD (AISC, 1993) to approximate the shearing capacity of a bolt. Thus, the
single-shear capacity of an individual high-strength bolt can be conservatively determined
using Equation (3.22), as given in Eurocode 3-1-8, Annex J.
(3.22)
Where,
αv is a parameter defining whether the shear plane passes through;
a) The threaded portion of the bolt, given with
αv = 0.6, for classes 4.6, 5.6 and 8.8,
αv = 0.5, for classes 4.8, 5.8, 6.8 and 10.9.
b) The unthreaded portion of the bolt (the shank), given with
αv = 0.6
The relative contributions from the shank and the threaded region are functions of the bolt
material properties and their relative areas. The deformation capacity of a threaded bolt is
strongly influenced by its threaded length within the stressed length (Owens, 1992). The
greatest shear strength is obtained when the full shank is available to resist the applied
shear load. When the threads are cut by the shear plane of the bolt, the capacity may be
reduced to as little as 70% of the full shank strength. The effect of threads in shear planes
on both strength and deformation capacity is shown in Figure 3.16. The issues of
permitting threads within shear planes are resolved by applying the factor αv and the
reduction of the deformation capacity.
Bolt
Shearing
F
F
F
F/2
F/2
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
68
Figure 3.16 Force-displacement graph for M20 bolt with thread or shank in shear plane
(Owens, 1992).
For the case of bolt shearing at elevated temperature, Sarraj (2007b) derived ultimate
strength reduction factors from the FE model of single lap joints using S275 steel plates,
in which each plate had thickness of 0.5db. The model was analysed for shearing capacity
at ambient and elevated temperatures. The relative deformation of high-strength Grade
8.8 bolts at their respective temperatures were measured by clamping one plate at one end
and enforcing axial displacement at the opposite end of the other plate (Figure 3.17).
Figure 3.17 Sarraj (2007b) three-dimensional finite element model of single bolted joint.
The investigation of bolt shearing capacity is based on steady-state temperatures ranging
from 100ºC to 900°C. This allows derivation of bolt shearing strength reduction factors
with respect to the shearing capacity at ambient temperature. The comparison of the
proposed factors is given in Table 3.4, in comparison to the strength reduction factors
given in Eurocode 3-1-2 (CEN, 2005a). The ultimate factor from the Eurocode is
calculated using the conversion factor for bolt shear, which in this case is taken as 0.6.
Overall, good correlation is observed between the reduction factors, with a slight
discrepancy between 100°C and 400°C.
x
z
y
0
100
200
300
0 2 4 6 8 10
Load kN
Design strength
to BS 5950 Part 1
Deformation (mm)
Design strength
to BS 5950 Part 1 Behaviour
Shank in
shear planes
Thread in
shear planes
Behaviour
234
184
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
69
Table 3.4 Reduction factor for bolts in shear.
a) Bolt shearing strength
The prescribed bolt strength reduction factor effectively calculates the bolt shearing
strength at increasing temperatures using Equation (3.23). The strength reduction factor is
represented by Rf, v, b, whilst As is the tensile stress area of bolt.
(3.23)
The bolt shearing force-displacement relationship is presented using Sarraj’s FE data,
which is then fitted to a modified Ramberg-Osgood (1943) expression, given in Equation
(3.24). Using this equation allows the bolt shearing strength to be defined by a continuous
function with no distinct yield point. The additional temperature-dependent parameter Ω
needs to be obtained in advance, which in this case uses the best curve-fitting values
summarised in Table 3.5.
(3.24)
Where F is the plate force [N], Fv,rd is the temperature-dependent bolt shearing strength
[N], kv,b is the temperature-dependent bolt shearing stiffness [N/mm] and n defines the
“sharpness” of the curve, which controls the curvature of the pre-yield range.
Table 3.5 Bolt shearing parameters at respective temperatures
Reduction factor,
EC3 Reduction factor
20 0.580 0.6×1.000 = 0.600
100 0.575 0.6×0.968 = 0.581
200 0.538 0.6×0.935 = 0.561
300 0.500 0.6×0.903 = 0.542
400 0.426 0.6×0.775 = 0.456
500 0.323 0.6×0.550 = 0.330
600 0.139 0.6×0.220 = 0.132
700 0.061 0.6×0.100 = 0.060
800 0.041 0.6×0.067 = 0.040
900 0.019 0.6×0.033 = 0.019
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
70
The bolt shearing stiffness kv,b is represented by the following temperature-dependent
expressions, given in Equation (3.25). The shear stiffness was adapted by Sarraj using
Timoshenko beam theory (Hayes, 2003), which accounts for shear deformation in
isotropic beams. The shear correction factor k was introduced to correct the strain energy
resulting from the assumption of a constant shear profile (Madhusi-Raman and Davalos,
1996). In this case it was effectively applied through the bolt section, which directly
influences the shear correction value due to the cross-sectional and material properties of
the bolts. The value of k = 0.15 was found to be suitable for bolt shearing analysis (Sarraj,
2007b).
(3.25)
with the shear modulus given as,
(3.26)
where,
∆ is relative bolt deflection [mm];
G is the shear modulus;
Eθ is the temperature-dependant Elastic Modulus given in Eurocode 3-1-2 (CEN, 2005a)
b) Pre- and post-yielding region of bolt shearing component
The shearing resistance of a bolted connection derived by Sarraj can be generally applied
to a single- or double-shear loading state, according to the number of interacting shearing
surfaces in contact. As the loading increases beyond its shearing capacity (Fbs,max), the
Reduction factor,
Bolt shearing
strength,
Bolt shearing
stiffness,
Temperature
dependant parameter,
20 0.580 145.7 184.3 2.5
100 0.575 144.4 184.3 2.8
200 0.538 128.1 165.8 2.0
300 0.500 125.6 147.4 2.2
400 0.426 107.0 129.0 2.0
500 0.323 81.1 110.6 2.0
600 0.139 34.9 57.1 1.3
700 0.061 15.32 24.0 0.6
800 0.041 10.30 16.6 0.7
900 0.019 4.77 12.4 0.02
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
71
edge of the plate hole ‘cuts’ into the bolt shank and causes it to lose full continuity
between its two parts. The shearing displacement at the post-yielding stage causes a
simple reduction of the residual connected bolt area. The shear area reduces linearly with
the slip of the shear planes (Figure 3.18), generating a gradual decrease of shear
resistance to zero at a shear deformation equal to the bolt diameter. This assumption is
based on the experimental test results by Yu et al. (2009) on fin-plate connections. It was
observed that its bolt failed gradually after the maximum shearing capacity was reached,
in contrast to the immediate failure previously assumed in Sarraj’s component model.
Figure 3.18 Residual area of bolt at post-yielding stage.
The bolt shearing force-displacement relationships generated for tension and compression
exhibit the same characteristic (Figure 3.19). This displacement is limited to the bolt
diameter dbs during the post-yielding stage. The bolt shearing characteristic derived for
steady-state temperatures up to 900°C can be summarised in Figure 3.20.
Figure 3.19 Bolt shearing force-displacement graph in “tension” and “compression”.
Fo
rce (
kN
)
Displacement (mm)
BOLT SHEARING
Fbs, max
COMPRESSIVE
TENSILE
dbs
Fbs, yield
Fbs, max
dbs
Residual area,
Ashear
α
Diameter, db
Bolt Bolt
Hole
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
72
Figure 3.20 Temperature-dependent bolt shearing characteristics.
3.2.3. Friction
The load transfer between the plate components of a bolted shear connections is initially
provided by the frictional force which is developed by the high interface pressure from
the bolt clamping forces and the friction coefficient of the plate contact surfaces (Figure
3.21). The use of preloaded bolts is highly suitable for use in slip-resistant joints, since
the frictional resistance is directly influenced by the magnitude of the bolt clamping
force. The bolts are pre-loaded close to their proof load in order to develop a large normal
force between the two connected plate surfaces. Although the friction between these
surfaces in a fully-tightened connection may contribute some percentage to the ultimate
load, the actual amount is not clear.
Figure 3.21 The friction resistance in double bolted joint
The slip resistance of a bolted joint is also proportional to the number of connected
surfaces, and therefore greater resistances can be obtained in instances where multiple
lap-joints are used. In a slip-critical joint, the slip resistance of the bolted joint is designed
at the serviceability limit state. However, for bolted joints, which transfer load by shear
and bearing, the slip is not considered as a critical factor. Joint slip may occur before or
after the working load of the connection is reached. Slip then brings the connected parts
Friction
resistance
0
50
100
150
200
0 10 20 30
Fo
rce (
kN
)
Displacement (mm)
20 C 100 C 200 C 300 C 400 C
500 C 600 C 700 C 800 C 900 C
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
-30 -20 -10 0
Fo
rce (
kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Compressive Tensile
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
73
into bearing on both sides of the bolt, so that the applied load is transmitted partially by
frictional resistance and partly by shearing of the steel elements (Kulak, et al., 1987).
Frank and Yura (1981) conducted an experimental test series to assess the frictional
behaviour in developing the slip loads for bolted shear connections with coated contact
surfaces. A total of 77 elemental slip tests were conducted using steel plates with blast-
cleaned steel surfaces and single bolts in double-shear. The investigation included the
effect of surface coating on the slip coefficient. The joints were fabricated from three
types of steel; A36, A572 and A514. The force-displacement response was described in
three characteristic stages (reproduced in Figure 3.22), which described the frictional
resistance as almost linear until the force approaches the maximum resistance. Beyond
the point, a sudden drop of the force occurs, followed by rapid plate slip. The response of
the curves appeared not to be affected by steel type or size of the bolt hole. However, the
characterisation of the slip behaviour based on the experimental results was not specified
by Frank and Yura (1981).
Figure 3.22 Frank and Yura typical force-displacement curve for sandblasted surface.
Rex and Easterling (2002) proposed a slip characteristic based on the simplified pre- and
post-slip behaviour, using a bi-linear relationship. The model exhibits similar basic
shapes to the previous model, but with a significant difference in the post-slip behaviour
(Figure 3.23). This representation was adopted from observation of the model introduced
by Frank and Yura (1981), coupled with the reported frictional behaviour of single bolt-
lap-plates by Karsu (1995) and Gillett (1987). The approximate plate-bolt-plate behaviour
was defined to degrade continuously to zero or negligible frictional load transfer, after the
Force, P
(kips)
Slip (mils)
SLIP LOAD
25 50
40
20 Slip
P
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
74
maximum resistance was exceeded. The experimental data by Gillett (1978) were used to
calculate the values of the slip load Rf initial stiffness Kfi and post-peak stiffness Kfp and
subsequently used to calculate the slip resistance using Equation (3.27). In the proposed
model, the deformation at slip was given an average absolute value of 0.0076 in
(0.19mm).
Figure 3.23 Rex and Easterling Bi-linear rational model
The slip resistance expression proposed by Rex and Easterling was based on a
modification of the AISC-LRFD 3rd
Edition (AISC, 1993) requirement for bolt-
tightening. The coefficient recommended by Fisher et al. (1978) for the value of α was
also taken into consideration. This was given as 1.0 for A325 bolts and 0.88 for A490
bolts.
(3.27)
where,
Rf = slip resistance
Abt = stressed area of bolt (usually taken as 75% of bolt gross area)
μ = coefficient of slip (obtained either by specific tests or as defined in Table 3.7)
Alternatively, the design slip resistance for preloaded bolts of Grade 8.8 (equivalent to an
A325 bolt) or 10.9 can also be calculated using the specified equation given by Eurocode
3-1-8 (CEN, 2005b) as follows:
Force, P
Displacement, (in)
Rf
kfi
0.19
kfp
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
75
(3.28)
where;
ks = Factor given according to the type of bolt holes (reproduced in Table 3.6),
n = Number of friction surfaces.
γM3 = partial safety factor (taken as 1.25).
The preloading force of the bolt, Fp,C, is defined in compliance to Eurocode EN 1090-2:
Requirement for the execution of steel structures (CEN, 2008). In cases where calibrated
preloading is not present, the right-hand side of Equation (3.29) is assumed to be factored
by 0.5.
(3.29)
Where,
As = Stressed area of bolt,
fu,b = design resistance of a single bolt [N].
Equations (3.27) and (3.29) clearly describe the frictional resistance as a function of the
coefficient of slip and the preload force induced by the initial tightening process. These
basic parameters vary considerably according to the design criteria, and thus a reliable
value needs to be determined to generate an accurate estimation of the frictional
resistance. A detailed overview of these parameters is given in the next section.
a) Oversized bolt holes
In order to facilitate erection, oversized holes can be of great benefit to allow tolerance in
placing the components during assembly. The nominal clearance for oversized bolts
given in Eurocode 1090-2 (CEN, 2008) for the commonly-used bolt sizes (M16 to M22)
is specified as not exceeding 4mm, and not more than 6mm for M24 bolts. A question on
the utilisation of this specification arises with regard to the performance of the
connection. If oversized holes are employed, omni-directional effects exist on the hole
tolerance. This is contrary to the case of slotted holes, where a much greater tolerance is
provided but is mainly mono-directional (Figure 3.24).
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
76
Figure 3.24 Direction of bolt deformation for; a) oversized bolt hole and b) slotted bolt
hole
The displacement has been treated in accordance with the consideration of the bolt slip as
a serviceability criterion. However, the reduction of bolt capacity is also of concern. As
bolt holes become larger relative to the bolt diameter during loading, the amount of
material available to resist the force in the bolt is reduced. As a result, the amount of bolt
elongation (and pre-tension) is less than if a standard clearance were present (Kulak, et
al., 1987). Thus, a reduction factor is used to account directly for the possible reduction of
bolt pretension or change of contact surface stresses around the bolt hole in calculation of
slip resistance (Stankevicius, et al., 2009). This factor is adopted by the Eurocode 3-1-8
(CEN, 2005b) and the Research Council on Structural Connections (RCSC, 2004)
specifications as the values of ks shown in Table 3.6.
Table 3.6 Values of ks
Description Class
Bolts in normal holes 1.0
Bolts in either oversized holes or slotted holes with the axis of
the slot perpendicular to the direction of load transfer. 0.85
Bolts in long slotted holes with the axis of the slot
perpendicular to the direction of load transfer. 0.7
Bolts in short slotted holes with the axis of the slot parallel to
the direction of load transfer 0.76
Bolts in long slotted holes with the axis of the slot parallel to
the direction of load transfer 0.63
Clearance
hole
Gap
Bolt
Gap
Bolt
(a)
Gap
Bolt
Gap
Bolt
Clearance
hole
(b)
Omni-
direction
Mono-
direction
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
77
b) Slip coefficient
The slip coefficient varies according to the joint type and the surface characteristics of the
connected plates (Kulak, et al., 1987), which can be determined experimentally for
designing slip-critical connections. It is of prime importance to determine the slip
coefficient values for an accurate evaluation of the frictional resistance. The contact
surfaces are prepared to improve the coefficient of friction in the design. Eurocode 1090-
2 (CEN, 2008) provides a representation of slip coefficient values, given in Table 3.7,
according to the classification of the surface treatment.
Table 3.7 Classification of surfaces assumed for the use of slip coefficient values.
Surface treatment Class Slip factor, μ
Surface blasted with shot or grit with loose rust removed,
not pitted
A 0.50
Surfaces blasted with shot or grid:
a) Spray-metalized with a aluminium or zinc based
product;
b) With alkali-zinc silicate paint with a thickness of
50μm to 80μm
B 0.40
Surfaces cleaned by wire-brushing or flame cleaning, with
loose rust removed
C 0.30
Surfaces as rolled D 0.20
Sarraj (2007b) proposed that the maximum friction resistance shall be calculated with the
expression given in Equation (3.30), for M20 bolts of Grade 8.8 or 10.9. The friction
component was investigated by analysing finite element lap joints models with two
different values of friction coefficient; 0.25 and almost zero. Based on the finite element
model, the friction behaviour was simplified to the two straight lines with a triangular
relationship (Figure 3.25) adopted by Rex and Easterling (2002). The force-deflection
relationship was subsequently derived in terms of the maximum deflection Δsf and
ultimate deflection Δsu. The equation proposed by Rex and Easterling was adapted for the
M20 bolt size, which is commonly used in European construction. The ultimate
deformation Δsu can be calculated based on the post-slip behaviour, which relates the
stiffness to the combined thickness of the connected plates tp1 and tp2, as given in
Equation (3.32).
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
78
(3.30)
Yield deflection,
(3.31)
Ultimate deflection,
(3.32)
Where,
tp1 = thickness of cover plate
tp1 = thickness of beam web
Figure 3.25 Sarraj’s frictional force-displacement relationship
The initial stiffness kfi and the post-slip stiffness kfp are given by the relationships given in
Equations (3.33) and (3.34).
(3.33)
(3.34)
c) Pre- and post-yielding regions of friction component
In this research, a rational representation of this characteristic is defined through the pre-
and post-slip behaviour of a connection (Figure 3.26). The representation follows the
basic shape observed by Frank and Yura (1981), amended to take account of the frictional
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Displacement, Δ (mm)
kfi
kfp
Force, F (kN)
Δsu Δsf
Fs,rd FE Model
Mathematical
model
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
79
behaviour observed in the experimental results from Yu et al. (2009) and Hirashima et al.
(2010). It was observed for both cases that high frictional stresses develop immediately
after the commencement of an experiment. Therefore, in this model, the initial stiffness of
the pre-slip region is determined fairly arbitrarily, assuming the friction force reaches its
peak at 10% of the bolt-hole clearance, simulating the dynamic frictional force that is
resisted by the connected plate at initial stage of loading. The maximum friction
resistance Ffric, max then persists as a plateau until the bolt makes positive contact with bolt
hole edge. When the bolt slips dslip, the load is carried partly by bearing and partly by
friction. Thus, the post-slip resistance degrades gradually with movement, indicating the
static frictional force that remains on the connection.
Figure 3.26 Friction force-displacement curve at ambient temperature
Essentially, the reduction of the friction characteristics with temperature is assumed to
depend on the elastic modulus reduction factor. These characteristics derived for steady-
state temperatures up to 900°C can be summarised in Figure 3.27, for both in tension and
compression. The frictional resistance is controlled by the normal force between the plate
surfaces, caused by bolt tension, and this is assumed to be generally based on elastic bolt
behaviour. It was observed by Kirby’s (1995) test that the degradation of shear forces at
high temperature reduces at the same rate as the tensile force. In other experimental
research by Liang (2006), it was reported that during the high-clamping-force stage
(approximately up to 300°C), large slip marks in the vicinity of the bolt holes indicated
that active contact is made due to expansion of the connected plates. With increased
temperature, the slip marks reduced, and almost vanished at approximately 800°C. Thus,
the rapid drop of slip resistance at high temperature also follows the loss of tension in the
Fo
rce (
kN
)
Displacement (mm)
FRICTION
Ffric, max
COMPRESSIVE
TENSILE
Ffrict, max
dslip
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
80
bolts, which is consistent with the rapid reduction of tensile strength when the bolt is
heated above its estimated tempering temperature (Liang, 2006)
Figure 3.27 Temperature-dependent friction force-displacement curve
3.3. Behaviour of equivalent bolt-row component
The key components identified in the last section form the equivalent bolt-row
components of a fin-plate connection, which are listed as bearing of plates/beam web,
shearing of bolts, and friction. The so-called equivalent bolt-row characteristic is first
explained for a single-bolted joint, and is subsequently extended for multi-bolt rows. In
the framework of the component model, these elemental parts are known as
“components”, from which the deformation characteristic is represented by nonlinear
force-displacement relationship. The fundamental force-displacement relationship of a lap
joint can be best explained using a typical monotonic friction-bearing characteristic. The
individual characteristics are explained in Figure 3.28, which illustrates, for tension and
compression, the response of the joint. The evaluation and derivation of pre-yielding
failure criterion in each component account for the post-yielding behaviour, respective to
the geometrical and mechanical behaviour of the components.
-60
-40
-20
0
-30 -20 -10 0
Fo
rce (
kN
)
Displacement (mm)
0
20
40
60
0 10 20 30
Fo
rce (
kN
)
Displacement (mm)
20 C 100 C 200 C 300 C 400 C
500 C 600 C 700 C 800 C 900 C
Tensile Compressive
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
81
Figure 3.28 Force-displacement characteristics for single-bolted joint components.
The load capacity of an equivalent bolt-row is predominantly determined by the assembly
of its springs, from which the weakest individual component spring initiates the failure.
The ultimate fracture or failure criterion adopted for any bolted joint follows its weakest
component characteristic. In order to simulate the force transfer in a bolted joint, the
individual components are arranged with the primary components arranged in series to
form an equivalent component. The frictional resistance between the plates contributes to
a large increase of the joint capacity for equal displacement of the primary components,
particularly in the early loading stage. Therefore, a rational approach to the frictional
component is to consider it as acting in parallel to the primary components.
The equivalent bolt-row component of a single-bolted lap-joint can be depicted as Figure
3.29 in which the dotted lines represent a bolted joint with no hole clearance. However,
the utilisation of high-strength bolts in an oversized bolt holes requires essential
consideration of the bolt slip in the clearance hole. The consideration of this slip effect in
a bolted joint may compromise the overall analytical procedure if neglected, because the
pre-tightening of bolts and the resulting friction diminishes only after major slip. In this
research, the slip influence is incorporated by shifting the origin of the component curve
horizontally by a finite displacement, so that the initial frictional displacement is
eliminated. This initial displacement is the clearance distance between the bolt and bolt
hole edge Δhole.
Cover plate in bearing Beam web in bearing
Bolt in Shear Friction
+ +
+ +
- -
- -
Single-bolted lap joint
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
82
Figure 3.29 Equivalent bolt-row component of a bolted lap joint
The non-linear response of a fin-plate connection falls into three primary regions: friction
plateau, non-linear bearing and post-yield failure. This behaviour can be explained with
the aid of the bolted joint illustration in Figure 3.30. At the initial stage of loading, the
bolt is assumed to be installed centrally in the plate bolt holes, carrying no active forces
on the mechanical or frictional components (indicated as Stage 1). The load is then
transferred by frictional stress at the plate surfaces, marked as the friction plateau in Stage
2. The frictional resistance is treated independently, in parallel to the force-displacement
relationship of the mechanical components. When the load exceeds the frictional
resistance Ffric, a large relative displacement δslip occurs, and the bolt comes into contact
with the bolt edges. In the case of multi-row bolted joints, the bolts positioned furthest
away from the centre of rotation usually come into contact with the hole walls first, and
are therefore described as the critical bolts. The critical bolts initiate the stage of bearing
against the walls of the bolt hole after a major slip has occurred. The connection then
behaves elastically with increasing load (Stage 3) until the stress in any of the individual
components reaches the yield strength of the material. This then deforms plastically
(Stage 4), by either bolt shear or plate bearing, depending upon their pre-defined
characteristics. Thus, for a row of components, both elastic and inelastic behaviour of
components may act simultaneously, but the yielding of the weakest component denotes
the beginning of inelastic action of the row as a whole.
Original loading
curve
Modified
loading curve
Δhole
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
83
Figure 3.30 The non-linear response of a bolted lap joint
3.4. Summary
This chapter has described the characterisation of the component elements that has been
identified for fin-plate connections. In order to represent the behaviour of individual
components accurately, the maximum resistance has been compared with previous
experimental and analytical results. For each component, the post-yielding characteristic
has been defined on the basis of its actual failure behaviour, coupled with experimental
evidence. Several important points can be drawn based on the assessment of the fin-plate
connections primary components.
The limiting parameter for the plate bearing component is the end distance e2 of the
plate. This indicates an ultimate tear-out yielding failure of the plate. The influence
F
δ
δ
δ
δ
F
F
F
Stage 2
Stage 3
Stage 4
Ffric
Feq, max
δslip
Feq, yield
Ffric
Feq, max
δfract
δmax
δslip
Stage 1
Friction
plateau
Chapter 3: Characterisation of fin-plate connection components
84
of this parameter is incorporated with two cases; small end distance (e2 ≤ 2.0db) and
large end distance (e2 ≥ 3.0db) based on Sarraj (2007b) FE investigation. However,
tear-out of the plate is effectively only valid for the plate behaviour in tension, as the
plate in compression (pushing towards the supporting member) is not subjected to
any end distance limitation.
The ‘brittle’ failure of a fin-plate connection is defined by the shearing of bolts in the
bolted connections. The maximum resistance of this component is given by the
Eurocode 3-1-8 (CEN, 2005b), which being approximately 60%-80% of its ultimate
tensile strength. This failure mode is undesirable as it affects the integrity of the
structural system, having inadequate ductility to ensure simultaneous plastic
distribution of the forces taken by the bolts, and therefore allowing a progressive
failure. A fully detached plate due to the shearing of the bolt is represented by the
residual connected bolt area, after the displacement at maximum shearing resistance
is reached.
The friction characteristic of the plates is of prime importance particularly for the
bolted connection utilising high-strength preloaded bolts. The maximum friction
resistance is immediately achieved to overcome the static friction between the
connected plates. When slip occur`s, this resistance somewhat reduces and remain
with constant rate.
The assembly of the individual elements form the equivalent component, representing
single bolted lap-joint. The maximum capacity of the bolted joint is determined by the
weakest component, in either of these individual components. The limiting parameter,
defining the bolted joint ultimate failure subsequently follows that of the weakest
component.
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
85
4. COMPONENT-BASED MODEL FOR FIN-PLATE
CONNECTION
The incorporation of actual joint flexibility into routine design practice implies the use of
appropriate analytical methods and computational tools. In current design terms, the
actual flexibility of semi-rigid connections, as compared to the traditional approaches of
treating connections as perfectly pinned or completely fixed, can substantially alter the
internal force distribution in the structure. The flexibility of a connection can be
reasonably established by concentrating attention on the beam-column interface. In this
localised region, the overall joint behaviour is the result of contributions from several
sources of flexibility located in different positions, and the discretisation of the structure
needs to identify the most important of these. Fortunately, Eurocode 3-1-8 (CEN, 2005b)
has provided a realistic way of incorporating connection behaviour within “semi-rigid”
construction into the design process, using the component-based method. This approach
allows the assessment of the individual contributions from different zones to the joint
flexibility, to provide complete joint characteristics. The implementation of the
recommended ‘component’ procedure in the Eurocode is inclined towards endplate
connections, following long development by many researchers (Zoetemeijer, 1983;
Tschemmernerg & Humer, 1988; Jaspart, 2000). For other types of connections, only the
maximum resistances of the active components are recommended, which falls short of the
characterisation needed to assemble the component behaviour into full connection
models. On top of this, none of the proposed component models currently available in
the literature is sufficiently sophisticated to adequately simulate the behaviour of fin-plate
connections in a framed structure subjected to a complete heating and cooling sequence.
4.1. Arrangement of a single bolted joint component model
The active components of fin-plate connection behaviour have already been identified.
The basics of component-based models have been developed with Sarraj’s finite element
models and Yu’s experimental results. In this chapter, the active behaviour of a general
fin-plate connection is represented by ‘component springs’, and these are assembled in an
arrangement that gives the best representation of the connection. As described in the
previous chapter, the representation of fin-plate connection behaviour is based on that of
a single-bolt-row bolted joint. Thus, the component-based connection model is first
described for a bolted lap-joint, comprised of three fundamental components arranged as
springs in series, using two-noded spring elements with no physical length. The
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
86
assembled model consists of components representing the fin-plate in bearing, bolt in
shearing and beam web in bearing, as illustrated in Figure 4.1. This model also accounts
for friction using a spring in parallel with this basic spring series.
Figure 4.1 Component-based model for a single-bolted lap-joint
In order to account for the usual case where bolt holes are larger than the bolts,
modifications have been made to the component model to represent slip behaviour. The
free slip phase has been considered independently, which is indicated by the activation of
the assembled component behaviour only when the gap closes in either the tension or
compression spring row. If a bolt is presumed initially to be installed centrally in the bolt
holes of both connected plates then it needs a finite relative movement between the plates
to produce positive contact.
4.1.1. Equivalent component for single bolt-row
The arrangement of the component model demonstrates that, during a complete analysis,
tension and compression do not follow the same lines of action. When the connection is
loaded either in tension or compression, the contact achieved by closing the gap activates
the component model. The load capacity is predominantly determined by the assembly of
springs, from which the weakest individual component spring initiates failure. The
determination of the post-yield behaviour of the equivalent bolt-row component can be
defined by reference to its dominant individual component. A summary of the equivalent
bolt-row components in bearing or shearing failure is given in Table 4.1 for tensile
components and in Table 4.2 for compressive components. The second columns of these
Tables generate the final equivalent bolt-
End distance
Bolt
Shear
Beam Web
bearing
(Tension)
Cover-plate
bearing
(Tension)
Cover-plate
bearing
(Compression)
Beam Web
bearing
(Compression)
Friction (slip)
Contact
elements
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
87
Table 4.1 Tensile equivalent bolt-row component of a single bolted joint
Type of failures
Tensile assembly
Plate bearing failure
(weak plate/strong bolt)
Bolt shearing failure
(weak bolt/strong plate)
δ
Cover-plate bearing
(Tension)
Beam Web bearing
(Tension)
Bolt
Shear
Friction (slip)
δ
F
Feq, max
F
δ
F
δ
+
Feq, max
F
δ
F
δ
F
δ
+
Friction Lap joint
Lap joint Friction
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
88
Table 4.2 Compressive equivalent bolt-row component of a single bolted joint
Type of failures
Compressive assembly
Plate bearing failure
(weak plate/strong bolt)
Bolt shearing failure
(weak bolt/strong plate)
δ
Cover-plate bearing
(Compression)
Beam Web bearing
(Compression)
Bolt
Shear
Friction (slip)
+
+ Feq, max
Feq, max
F
δ
F
δ δ
F
δ δ
F
δ
F
F
Friction
Friction
Lap joint
Lap joint
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
89
row components, in cases where either the plate bearing component or the bolt shearing
component is the weakest. The adopted force-displacement characteristic changes
according to those of its components.
For the case of ductile failure, the plate-in-bearing component allows large bearing
deformation, after it reaches its maximum bearing resistance. For a brittle failure mode,
the bolt shear is assumed to rapidly reduce the shearing capacity in proportion to the
residual bolt area. Assembly of the identified characteristics forms the fundamental
behaviour of the bolted joint. The force-displacement relationship of each component
characteristic is then programmed in Vulcan in order to investigate the overall response of
the fin-plate connection.
4.2. Application of fin-plate connection in Vulcan
The developed joint elements in Vulcan can be described as effectively a black box,
whose characteristics are customised to the behaviour of the particular joint, and readily
allow it to be positioned at the intersection of any primary structural members. This
analytical tool consists of an assembly of spring elements, representing the component
springs which are interconnected with rigid links, in between two-noded points. The lap-
joint component can be detailed according to their lines of action that act in series;
namely, (i) fin-plate in bearing (tension), (ii) beam web in bearing (tension), (iii) bolt in
shear, (iv) beam web in bearing (compression) and (v) fin-plate in bearing (compression)
in each given bolt-row. A friction spring (vii) is incorporated, in parallel to the lap-joint
component springs. An additional vertical (vi) shear spring for each given bolt-row, is
included to transfer the vertical reaction from one node to the other. The positioning of
the lap-joint can be illustrated as given in Figure 4.2.
Figure 4.2 Arrangement of component model in a bolted lap-joint
0mm
(vii)
(iv)
(vi)
(v)
(i) (ii)
(iii) Fin plate
Beam web
Lap-joint
component
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
90
Meanwhile, the arrangement of fin-plate connection model in a beam-column setup for
multiple bolt rows can be illustrated in Figure 4.3. In consideration for contacts made by
the beams-end and the column face at high rotation, additional springs are included at the
upper (viii) and lower (xi) beam flanges.
Figure 4.3 Beam-to-column arrangement of fin-plate connection in Vulcan
The modelling procedure requires textual input data which precisely describes the model.
The geometry of fin-plate connections allows multiple bolt-rows. In a non-linear Vulcan
analysis the bolt group equilibrium simply forms part of the establishment of global
equilibrium for the whole structural model. A minimum requirement of two bolt-rows is
generally adopted to satisfy this equilibrium requirement. The following assumptions are
made to allow for the effect of groups of bolt-rows in fin-plate connections (Figure 4.4).
The connection element is assumed to be positioned at the centreline axis of the
beam section. Thus, any bolt-rows in the connection have an offset from this
point. Prior to large rotation, during its elastic stage, the bolt group rotates about
its elastic “centroid”.
The connection’s centre of rotation changes its position when the gap between
one or other of the beam’s flanges and the column face closes. This point is
shifted to the lower flange of the beam. This point is also referred to as the
instantaneous centre of rotation.
(viii)
0mm
M
N V
(xi)
BEAM
COLUMN
Lap joint, n Bolt row n
i j
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
91
Figure 4.4 Position of the centre of rotation of the connection
4.3. Development of finite element software Vulcan
The finite element software Vulcan is a dedicated specialist program for thermo-structural
analysis, developed at the University of Sheffield since 1990 (Wang, 2002). This program
was originally based on the software called Instaf written by El-Zanaty and Murray
(1983) which was capable of analysing two-dimensional behaviour of steel frames at
ambient temperature (Bailey, 1995; Shepherd, 1999). Initial development of a semi-rigid
connection facility in the finite element software was initiated by Bailey (1995),
extending developments by Najjar (1994) and Saab (1990). The software was later
renamed Vulcan to reflect the considerable extent of development and improvement from
the original version. At each development stage the software was extensively validated
against available experimental results, including all seven fire tests conducted at
Cardington. Most recently, the software was further refined with the development of a
simple component-based connection element by Block (2006) for bolted, extended and
flush, endplate connections. The research work presented herein is based on the
connection approaches by Bailey and Block, and extends the capabilities of Vulcan to the
use of fin-plate connections in the framework of the component-based method.
4.3.1. General solution procedure in Vulcan
A finite element solver is generally prescribed for use in nonlinear problems, which
include structural analysis at elevated temperature. The nonlinearity refers to geometric
and material changes in the model, which themselves cause major changes in incremental
stiffness during the process of heating and cooling. At high temperature, the changes in
shape and the constitutive relationships are more pronounced, in contrast to the high
stresses which are the main effect at ambient temperature.
lbd
Forced centre
of rotation
(a) Elastic (b) Fully plastic
fb1,e fb1,p
fb3,e fb3,p
fb2,e
fb2,e
ln
M
b1
b2
b3
bf fbf ,e fbf ,p
Free centre
of rotation
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
92
a) Iteration schemes
In order to deal with the problem of the high degree of nonlinearity at elevated
temperature, the iterative solution in Vulcan adopts the Newton-Raphson (Chen and Lui,
1987; Shepherd, 1999) method. Following the standard finite element procedure, the
stiffness relationship is given in Equation (4.1).
(4.1)
Where
F, d = vector of forces and displacement respectively;
[K] = stiffness matrix.
In linear analysis, the assumption follows that changes in stiffness are small, so that a
constant stiffness may be assumed from the undeformed state. On the contrary, a
nonlinear analysis requires careful consideration of the change in stiffness matrix, which
must be updated as the nonlinear solver progresses through an iterative solution process.
This relationship can be represented by Equation (4.2).
(4.2)
Where,
ΔF = vector of out-of-balance forces;
Δd = vector of incremental displacement.
[K] = tangent stiffness matrix.
As for finite element solution for continuum problems, the physical extent of the model is
generally subdivided into elements, connected at nodal points whose original positions
form the reference state for displacements. The nodes are generally placed at the centroid
of the section, and the reference state remains fixed for calculations at ambient
temperature. The displacements at these points (the degrees of freedom) are generally the
basic unknown parameters in the finite element modelling.
(4.3)
The methodology of a Newton-Raphson model can be described with the aid of Figure
4.5. Considering a case where the initial temperature T1 is equal to 20°C, the
displacement at the first iteration is zero, resulting in zero value for elastic stiffness and
internal force, based on Equation (4.2). The vector for out-of-balance force at 20°C
corresponds to the first incremental value of external force. The total displacement Δr+1
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
93
for the next iteration is calculated as the sum of the incremental displacement and the
total displacement from the previous iteration. These values, in the context of a set of
shape functions, define the state of strain throughout all the elements. With the
displacement estimation, the out-of-balance force can be evaluated, as well as the tangent
stiffness for the subsequent iteration. The out-of-balance force vector corresponds to the
imbalance between the internal and external forces, and hence an increment in the nodal
displacement is required. The corrective process of updating the nodal point displacement
is repeated until the unbalanced forces have been reduced to within a specified tolerance
limit. Based from the updated nodal displacement, the stiffness matrix is re-evaluated
using updated values of the tangent stiffness at the new level of displacement.
Figure 4.5 Newton-Raphson procedure
At higher temperature, the nonlinearity aspect is increased in the sense that the stress-
strain curve changes to reflect the reduction of strength and stiffness, depicted as curve T2
in Figure 4.5. The displacements from the previous equilibrium state are used as the
starting point for the process at the next, incremented, temperature. The analysis at
elevated temperature is performed with increments of temperature pre-defined by the
user. At a temperature where no solution can be found, the temperature step is bisected
and added to the previous successful temperature to refine the analysis; this can be carried
out successively to a pre-determined lower limit on the temperature step size.
Force, F
Displacement, Δ
T1
T2
K1
K2 K3
Δr1 Δr2 Δr3 Δr4
Internal force calculated
from total displacement
(Δr1 + Δr1)
Out-of-balance force calculated
from total displacement
(Δr1 + Δr1)
EXTERNAL LOAD
T2 > T1
K4
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
94
b) Convergence criteria failure indication
The Newton-Raphson procedure is often preferred for nonlinear problems, due to its
effectiveness and fast solution. A numerical solution using this procedure is obtained
when the convergence criteria are satisfied. The convergence check is based on the
magnitudes of the out-of balance forces. The closeness of the approximation to the true
solution values depends on the tolerance limit pre-defined by the user. In particular cases
the tolerance value should be appropriately justified, because high tolerance can cause
unacceptable inaccuracy in the results obtained, whilst low tolerance imposes an
unnecessary increase in the iterations to convergence.
However, the disadvantage of this procedure is that its capability is limited to positive
definite tangent stiffnesses. If the tangent stiffness of any of the degrees of freedom
becomes negative, then the structure becomes unstable and solution becomes impossible.
The program is terminated and the critical value is assumed to have been reached,
defining the point as failure/fracture. An approximate solution using the finite element
method, based on assumed displacement fields, does not generally satisfy all the
requirements of equilibrium or compatibility which are satisfied by an exact theory-of-
elasticity solution. However, relatively few problems exist which are amenable to exact
solution, and for most problems the finite element method gives a practical, reasonable
and logical approximation.
4.3.2. Derivation of the component-based stiffness matrix model
The component-based connection model is incorporated in Vulcan by modifying the
formation of the tangent stiffness matrix in the existing software. A programmed
subroutine has been written using Fortran, and interacts with the existing spring element
facility for semi-rigid connections, the subroutine SEMIJO. This subroutine generates the
necessary incremental displacement vectors for the connection elements and updates the
stiffness matrix and force vector.
The assembly of the spring components is presented in a simplified version, in which the
active components for a bolted joint are grouped as a “lap-joint” at each bolt-row. For
every lap-joint component, a friction spring is positioned in parallel to the lap-joint group.
A highly simplified version of the model consists of; horizontal bolt-rows represented as
single lap-joints with friction, the beam flange/column face contact, and a vertical shear
spring, as shown in Figure 4.6.
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
95
Figure 4.6 Simplified model of fin-plate connection component–based model
The stiffness matrix of the component model is derived on the basis of a two-noded
spring element with zero length (Figure 4.7). In order to establish the stiffness matrix of
the component elements, each degree of freedom at the nodes is displaced individually in
three degrees of freedom (two translational u, w and one rotational θ) at each node.
Figure 4.7 Degrees-of-freedom of a two-noded spring element
The deformation modes for nodes i and j are illustrated in Table 4.3.. The derivation of
the stiffness matrix is explained in the right-hand column. The forces and moments
generated for the whole connection element are shown in the middle column. The spring
forces are reaction forces which act in the opposite direction to the applied displacement.
Mode 1 considers the application of a unit horizontal translation u at node i while other
degrees of freedom are fixed. The total stiffness generated is given by the sum of the
X
Y
Node i Node j
Connection spring elements
Beam elements
i
Spring elements
of zero length
X
θj,z
vj
uj
wj
θj,y
Z Y
θj,x
j
Vj ,wj
Nj ,uj
Mj ,θj Mi ,θi
Ni ,ui
Vi, wi
i j
Beam flange
Shear
Friction
0mm length
Lap-joint
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
96
stiffnesses in springs k1 and k3. However, for the case where the stiffnesses of the two
parallel springs are not equal, a reaction moment Mi is generated by the translation ui. The
vertical translation considered in Mode 2, generates only shear forces in the spring k2. In
Mode 3, node i is rotated by a unit angle ϕ. The forces developed in the springs are
caused by the tensile and compressive actions of the springs, corresponding to their
positions relative to the nodal point. By satisfying the moment equilibrium at the nodal
point, the resulting stiffness of the reaction moment Mi is given by k1 and k3. If the
stiffnesses of the springs are not equal, a normal reaction force Ni is then generated by the
rotation ϕ.
Table 4.3 Deformation modes of the connection element
Translation Forces generated Stiffness matrix
generated
MODE 1
Force equilibrium;
Reaction moment, with
two unequal springs ;
Node i;
Node j;
Node i;
Node j;
MODE 2
Force equilibrium;
Node i;
Node j;
δ2,i
wi =1
δ1,i
δ3,i
ui =1
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
97
MODE 3
Force equilibrium;
Reaction moment
Node i;
Node j;
Node i;
Node j;
By solving for the global force and moment equilibrium of the whole element using
Equations (4.4)-(4.6), their influences on the degrees of freedom at node i can be
calculated.
Horizontal equilibrium;
(4.4)
Vertical equilibrium;
(4.5)
Moment equilibrium;
(4.6)
δ1,i
δ3,i
θi =1
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
98
The derivation procedure for the stiffness matrix has been described in detail. The
symmetric stiffness matrix of the connection element in two dimensions is shown below,
on the basis of a two-noded point element.
The implementation of the tangent stiffness matrix in Vulcan, however, requires
consideration of a third dimension to be introduced. At this stage, the out-of plane and
torsional DOFs are assumed to be rigid, and there is no interaction between them. These
are assumed to be of minor importance in a steel-framed building, which may be
disregarded in the design analysis. Therefore, considerating three-dimensional cases, the
final tangent stiffness matrix of the connection element can be detailed as;
As described in Figure 4.6, a single bolt-row consists of a lap-joint and a friction spring.
Thus, the upper spring k1 which represents the number of horizontal bolt-rows, substitutes
for the sum of the stiffnesses of the lap-joint and friction spring.
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
99
In these equations, n is the number of component bolt-rows, and the indices “lap” and
“bfl” indicate the lap-joint assembly and beam flange spring respectively. The index s
indicates the shear spring. Due to the simplicity of this mechanical model, the tangent
stiffness can be incorporated into Vulcan using its existing spring element infrastructure.
The properties of the vertical shear spring component are currently defined to exhibit
similar characteristics to those of the axial bolt-row component. This assumption is made
in an attempt to investigate the influence of combined forces on each bolt-row. The shear
springs, which react to the applied shear force are assumed to be subjected to an equal
distribution of the vertical direct shear. Therefore, the vertical component is a function of
the number of bolt-rows in the connection.
4.3.3. Validation of the stiffness matrix in Vulcan
A number of simple tests using the implemented two-noded spring model, shown in
Figure 4.8, have been conducted using Vulcan. Using an iterative process, the results can
be generated at each load increment. In this case the loading of a spring is defined in 20
increments. Simple tests are performed in three loading conditions, varying the
deformation and rotation of the spring model. The forces are applied on node j, whilst
node i is assumed to be fully fixed.
(4.7)
(4.8)
(4.9)
(4.10)
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
100
Figure 4.8 Two-noded spring element
In order to validate the results produced by the model, linear representations have been
adopted for the force-displacement characteristics of the spring elements. The
displacements of this simplified model can be manually calculated by utilising similar
expressions to those in the stiffness matrix given in Equations (4.4)-(4.6). For each bolt-
row, the two parallel springs are assembled in the form of an equivalent spring, whose
stiffness is given by the total of the stiffnesses of the individual springs. In this case, the
total stiffness of the upper and lower horizontal bolt-row springs is represented by k1,tt and
k2,tt .
For Case 1 (Nj = 200 kN), consider the component elements subjected only to tension
force. The vertical spring is assumed to be uncoupled, and therefore the deformation uj
and rotation ϕj can be described using the following equations;
Deformation,
Rotation,
Vj
Nj
Mj
i j ks
Stiffnesses;
k1,a = k1,b = k2,a = k2,b = 5000 N/mm2
ks = 10000 N/mm2
Length, l1 = 100mm
l2 = 150mm
Force, Nj = 200 kN
Vj = 100 kN
Moment, Mj = 100kNm
k1,a
k1,b
k2,a
k2,b
l2
l1
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
101
The theoretical deformation and rotation can be compared against the resultant output of
node j from Vulcan, shown in Figure 4.9.
Figure 4.9 Displacement and rotation of node j (Case 1)
For Case 2 (Mj = 100kNm), in addition to the axial load, the component element is also
subjected to moment applied at node j.
Deformation,
Rotation,
Figure 4.10 Displacement and rotation of node j (Case 2)
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 5 10 15
No
rmal
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Manual
Vulcan 0
50
100
150
200
250
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0
No
rmal
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
Manual
Vulcan
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 5 10 15 20
No
rmal
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Manual
Vulcan 0
20
40
60
80
100
120
0 5 10 15 20
Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Rotation (deg)
Manual
Vulcan
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
102
The theoretical calculated results can again be compared against Vulcan (Figure 4.10). In
Case 3, where the vertical force is applied (Vj = 100 kN), both the calculated value and
Vulcan show a displacement of 10mm. This can be directly calculated, assuming that the
vertical spring is uncoupled. Exact comparison signifies that the spring element
incorporated in Vulcan is generating the correct elastic displacements, according to the
finite element equilibrium requirement.
4.4. Load reversal of component model
The constitutive relationships of many materials demonstrate inelastic behaviour when
the applied stress (or strain) exceeds a certain limit, which in return results in a change in
the stress-strain relationship during unloading. In this phase, the stress-strain curve is no
longer unique, as it was in the loading phase. Unloading can occur due to second-order
effects, often linked to large displacements in structural members. The occurrence of
unloading in connections is commonly found in fire situations, due to the effects of
thermal expansion and contraction, and the transient character of the heating, which cause
beam-to-column connections to experience changing combinations of axial forces and
moments (Franssen, 1990). In order to respond correctly to such force reversals, a
loading-unloading approach needs to be realistically included in the force-displacement
curves for individual connection elements.
Strain reversal can be caused by cooling behaviour, to the extent that there is a possibility
that the structural integrity of the frame can be jeopardised during the cooling phase.
This is supported by evidence of localised failure in connections due to the occurrence of
high axial tensile forces during cooling (Bailey, et al., 1996). In cases where structural
members and assemblies are minimally damaged in fire, an assessment of reusability and
the possibility of remedial action needs to be performed. Although the necessary
assessment can partly be carried out by visual inspection, in members with significant
distortion it requires specific consideration of the residual stresses developed during the
whole period of fire exposure (El-Rimawi, et al., 1996). Any permanent strain imposed
on the damaged member may possibly alter its material characteristics, and so a detailed
evaluation is required to restore the structural frame to the equivalent of its undamaged
state.
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
103
4.4.1. Masing rule approach
The classic Masing rule (Masing, 1923) approach has been reviewed to successfully
simulate the behaviour of connection elements subjected to strain reversal (Bailey, 1995;
El-Rimawi, 1996; Block, 2006, Santiago et al., 2008). This concept was firstly developed
in materials science for metallic materials. However, Gerstle (1988) extended its
application as a result of experimental validation on top-and-seat angle connections under
load cycling. It was observed that, after the loading of connections along their non-linear
path, unloading or moderate moment reversal takes place along a linear path with a slope
of similar initial stiffness to the loading curve (Figure 4.11). Thereafter, the connection
response proceeds elastically, in that it initially ‘unloads’ with its initial elastic loading
stiffness. The Masing approach seems an appropriate way to represent elasto-plastic
connection behaviour, where it is necessary to consider the unloading or cyclic behaviour
of a connection.
Figure 4.11 Loading-initial-unloading sequence in typical force-displacement graph
(Azinamimi, et al., 1987)
In the context of the component-based method, the classic Masing rule is adapted so that
each individual component will respond realistically to load reversals. The unique force-
displacement relationship of the loading curve is referred to as the skeleton curve, whilst
the unloading curve is the hysteresis curve. The form of this hysteresis curve, from the
point at which strain reversal occurs, (Figure 4.12) is the skeleton curve, scaled by a
factor of two and reversed in direction, generating a permanent reference deformation at
the point where it intersects the zero-force axis. Block (2006) has described the force-
displacement relationships of the loading and unloading curves as;
Loading (Skeleton) curve; (4.11)
Fo
rce,
F
Displacement, δ
LOAD
UNLOAD
k
k
1
1 Unloading
path
Loading
path
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
104
Unloading (Hysteresis) curve;
(4.12)
Where δA and FA are respectively the displacement and the force at the unloading point
(c).
Figure 4.12 Hysteresis behaviour using a modified Masing Rule.
The applicability of this approach for fin-plate connections, however, requires
modification (Figure 4.12) to the typical Masing rule. The primary concern of this
modification in a shear connection is the utilisation of preloaded bolts. In order to achieve
a more justifiable simulation of the behaviour, consideration of the initial bolt-slip phase,
as well as the unloading path into the opposite quadrant (from between tension to
compression) is included. The modifications involve two rules;
Rule 1: (Incomplete unloading loop). When the model establishes contact, it gradually
picks up strength until the force is reversed, and its unloading path is characterised by a
permanent displacement δPL. The unloading (hysteretic) response proceeds from point (c)
until the resistance reduces to zero, at point (d) in Figure 4.12. Beyond this point there is
no further unloading, but the deflection reduces until it has reversed both the permanent
deformation (d)-(b), and a single original bolt-hole clearance (b)-(a). This phenomenon
can be physically visualized as the bolt changing its direction, following its ideal route to
the original centre of bolt-hole.
F
δ
TENSION (+ve)
COMPRESSION (-ve)
Skeleton
curve,
ε = f(σ)
δPL
Slip phase
a b e
c
d
f
g
δ' Hysteresis
curve,
ε = f(σ)
2 2
F'
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
105
Rule 2: (Opposite direction bolt-slip phase). Under continuous force reversal, the force in
the opposite quadrant is only established when positive contact between the bolt and the
bolt-hole wall is made, shown at point (e).
The rules applied to the load-reversal curve are largely reflected by the frictional stresses
which are generated between the plate surfaces of the shear connection. The movement
generated during the free-slip phase prior to positive contact between the bolt holes (in
both directions) requires finite frictional resistance. This explains the truncation and
redirection of the unloading curve when the force decreases to zero at point (d). For a fin-
plate connection this assumption is reasonable, as the main concern of this approach
during the unloading phase is the definition of the permanent displacement δPL.
4.4.2. Modified Masing Rule at elevated temperatures
In a building fire, the reduction of strength and stiffness of the structural materials can be
uniquely defined using a series of force-displacement curves which are a function of
temperature. Plastic deformations are likely to occur due to the effect of the material
weakening at high temperatures. In the case of varying temperature, this application
becomes more complicated, particularly in dealing with the loading-unloading cycle of
the connection’s component characteristics, which are temperature dependent. Thus, the
concept of a Reference point (Figure 4.13) has been introduced to predict the relationship
between the component’s force-displacement curves as temperatures change. This
explains that the plastic permanent deformation, rather than the maximum force level, is
the variable which defines the current force-displacement history at a change of
temperature.
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
106
Figure 4.13 The force-displacement relationship incorporating unloading phase with
temperature change.
The permanent plastic deformation, which is recalculated after each temperature change,
is considered as unaffected if the temperature changes during the unloading stage. At
initial temperature T1, loading of the component to F1 results in a permanent displacement
δP,T1, generally referred as the reference point.
(4.13)
The position of the reference point is used as an indication of whether further loading
occurs at the next load step or temperature step. This is determined by comparing the
updated permanent displacement with that at the previous step. A higher permanent
displacement indicates that the component’s loading path follows the skeleton curve, and
thus the absolute value of the reference point is updated from the current equilibrium
state. If the value is lower, the unloading curve at the new temperature is followed. At this
point, the stored value of permanent displacement is used to define the unique unloading
curve for the temperature T2, in order to ensure that the unloading curve for a new
temperature intersect the previous unloading path at the zero-force axis. Thus, each force-
displacement curve at different temperatures necessarily has to unload completely
through the same reference point.
The intersection point between the newly updated loading and unloading curves needs to
be defined. Due to the non-linearity of the curves, the solution can be found from
Equation (4.14) using an iterative method.
Force
Displacement
δP , T1 ( Reference point)
T1
T2
T1< T2
F1> F2
Intersection
point
Loading curve
fδ, load, T1 (F) and
fδ, load, T2(F)
Loading curve
fδ, Unload, T1 (F) and
fδ, Unload, T2(F)
F1
F2
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
107
(4.14)
Once the force Finter at the intersection point is known, then the displacement δinter at this
force can be defined through the form of the loading curve at temperature T2, using
Equation (4.15). Subsequently, for any trial displacement given to the connection
element, for instance δ2 (Equation (4.16), the appropriate force can be calculated using
Equation (4.17), relative to the intersection point.
(4.15)
(4.16)
(4.17)
By defining the curve generated from this point, complex reloading and unloading can be
avoided. The permanent plastic displacement which is recalculated after each temperature
change is the variable describing the complete force-displacement history instead of the
maximum force level. The main assumption about the reference point concept is that the
permanent strain of each spring remains unaffected by the change of temperature.
4.5. Influence of combined action on connection elements
The importance of tying capacity in structural steel connections is reflected by the tying
capacity requirements imposed in the design code BS 5950-1 (BSI, 2001). However, the
necessary check on tying capacity is performed as an isolated action in the
recommendations of the Green Book (BCSA, 1991), whereas in reality a combination of
shear force and moment (or rotation) are present in actual structures, in addition to the
tying forces. The tying capacity of a connection is even more significant in the event of a
fire, because it may have to transfer significant forces to adjacent structural members,
while simultaneously being subjected to high rotations. It is important under these
circumstances that it maintains its structural integrity. According to Burgess (2012), the
co-existence of moment and shear forces with normal force may affect the tying forces in
individual bolts, which may prevent uniform distribution of the resultant tying force
between the bolts, thus significantly reducing the tying capacity.
Most research on the component-based model ignores the contribution of the shear
“spring” by setting its component to be rigid. However its real influence on the
connection behaviour is in need of detailed investigation. The vertical action developed
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
108
by Block (2006) using a single shear spring as an aggregate characteristic for all bolt-
rows, may not be the best representation of the connection’s response in fire. This follows
the evidence that the net forces taken by each bolt-row do not necessarily result in parallel
yield displacement patterns (Figure 4.14).
Figure 4.14 Actual displacement pattern of bolt-rows
A degree of complexity arises when modelling fin-plate connections in this combined
action of horizontal and vertical forces with moment. The position of the bolts in their
holes, variations in hole and bolt diameter, as well as the loading method and sequence
can all affect the forces acting on individual bolts. This situation is statically
indeterminate.
Kulak et al. (1987) adequately represented the strength of a bolt subjected to combined
shear and tension, resulting from externally applied load, as being closely defined by an
elliptical interaction curve (Figure 4.15), which is analogous to the Von Misses failure
criterion. The relationship of the tensile capacity to the shear imposed on a bolt, and vice
versa, can be determined using the following expression;
(4.18)
Where,
x is the ratio of the calculated shear stress to tensile strength of the bolt,
y is the ratio of calculated tensile stress to tensile strength of the bolt,
G is the ratio of the shear strength to the tensile strength of the bolt.
Column
Arbitrary bolt
displacement
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
109
Figure 4.15 Kulak’s elliptical curve model
In this model, for each given bolt-row, the shear components are represented by vertical
springs (Figure 4.16). The deformation parallel to the shear direction is smaller than the
tensile deformation. In order to generate the effect of the combination of forces, together
with high rotation, the vertical shear is distributed equally between the bolt holes, and the
combined normal force and moment create horizontal forces at each of the bolt holes.
The magnitudes of these horizontal forces have to be such as to create equilibrium while
also being kinematically compatible with the movement and rotation of the beam end
relative to the fin plate.
Figure 4.16 Component-model for combined forces in multiple bolt-rows
If the external vertical shear force runs through the centroid of the group of bolts, it is
referred to as equivalent shear force, which causes equal vertical translation of the bolts
(Figure 4.17). In the usual case, the axial and vertical components are uncoupled and
treated individually. For the case of arbitrary bolt displacements, the inclined translation
is assumed to represent the actual movement of the bolts, and changes relative to the
degree of rotation, at every loading step.
i j
θ
Mj
Nj
Vj
Ten
sile
str
ess
Ten
sile
str
eng
th
1.0
Shear stress
Tensile strength
1.0
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
110
Figure 4.17 Vertical and horizontal translations of the bolts.
Figure 4.18 Uniaxial component, Fu of the bolt
The actual behaviour of a resultant force component at a bolt hole can be depicted as
shown in Figure 4.18, with respect to its vertical and horizontal components. The
combined action on each bolt can then be calculated, by effectively reducing the capacity
of the horizontal tying forces Fx (Figure 4.19) with respect to the vertical shear
component Fv. The failure envelope represents the yield surface at a given bolt hole. The
initial yield surface is symmetric with respect to the initial centre of the bolt hole. When
the horizontal and vertical force components are treated individually, the yield surface is
depicted as “available” capacity. However, the combined effect of these components
results in an actual capacity which is less than this. Thus, uncoupling these components
may overestimate the actual capacity of the bolt components. At each bolt-row, the
vertical component for each bolt in the connection is given as;
(4.19)
Subsequently, the reduced horizontal capacity can be identified using Equation (4.20),
with respect to the uniaxial capacity Fu of each active component at each bolt-row.
(4.20)
Fx
V/n
I
II
III
IV
V
+ =
Uniaxial
component Equivalent
shear force
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
111
Figure 4.19 The failure envelopes for the actual and available, resistance capacities of
components
This assumption of a reduced horizontal strength seems justifiable, particularly
considering the significance of the large rotations of the bolts during a fire. The
incorporation of the component model in Vulcan can be sequentially described with the
aid of the flow chart shown in Figure 4.20.
FV
FX
Bolt hole
Failure
envelope
Available
Actual
FX
Fu Fv
θ
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
112
Figure 4.20 Implementation of Masing Rule in Vulcan
NO
YES
YES
NO
Update
reference
point
Force returned to VULCAN
INITIALISE DISPLACEMENT, D
Calculate frictional force, FSLP
and stiffness, KSLP D ≥ slip phase
(bolt clearance hole)
Calculate lap-joint forces, FSER and
stiffness, KSER (loading curve)
Calculate displacement, DUNL and
stiffness, KUNL (unloading curve)
Calculate permanent deformation, DREF
DREF = D - DUNL
Check for unloading,
DREF < OLDDREF
‘UNLOAD’?
Temperature
Tn+1
Calculate intersection point from
DREF
Solve iteratively due to nonlinear
characteristic for FINTER between the
loading and unloading curves at Tn+1
D = DUNL – DREF
Calculate FTn+1 from the unloading
curve with respect to DTn+1
DTn+1 = DINTER- D
Calculate force, FSER on the unloading
curve at displacement DTn+1 relative
to the intersection point
FSER = FINTER- FTn+1
FSLP FSER
Chapter 4: Component-based model for fin-plate connection
113
4.6. Summary
This chapter has presented the incorporation of the developed component model in
Vulcan. In general, the application of the method involves the characterisation of
nonlinear components, which are assembled as extensional two-noded ‘spring’ elements
and rigid links. This can then be extended to include multiple bolt rows for fin-plate
connections. In order to incorporate the connection element in the finite element solution
processor, the generic stiffness matrix of the connection element has been derived. The
nonlinear force-displacement characteristic of individual components described in
Chapter 3 is used to predict the behaviour of the whole connection. At high temperatures,
these springs are subjected to declining strength and stiffness of the connection
characteristics.
The solution procedure using Vulcan is limited by its incapability to deal with negative
stiffness, being a static solver. This is somewhat unfortunate as the component model
should be able to predict the connection response even after the maximum capacity has
been reached or any failure occurs in the connection component. To deal with this issue,
the connection component adopts a high ductility assumption to possibly simulate the real
connection response either in isolation or in global frames.
In order to consider the complicated load-reversal at high temperature, the force
transitions are applied using the Masing Rule relative to positive contact between the bolt
and plate. The essential concept of this method is the utilisation of the ‘Reference Point’
and ‘Permanent Displacement’, particularly at elevated temperatures. By assuming that
the reference point is unaffected by the temperature change, the complex loading and
unloading cycle of the connection element has been made possible.
The influence of vertical shear component has also been considered in the component
model. Contrary to Block (2007) shear model, the shear spring is coupled with the
horizontal spring components, in order to investigate the reducing effect of the horizontal
spring capacity due to the uniaxial forces acting on the bolts. The incorporation of the
loading and unloading approach and the consideration of combination forces have been
successfully implemented in Vulcan, and will be further discussed in next chapter.
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
114
5. APPLICATION OF COMPONENT-BASED MODEL
The component-based model is applicable to a broad spectrum of connection parameters
and types. The versatility of this method allows unrestricted application, provided that the
fundamental behaviour of one generic connection type can be realistically represented
either empirically or experimentally. Since the generation of the component model has
been described in the previous chapters, it is now necessary to investigate the
applicability of the component model to real connection response. The assessment will
provide an improved understanding of overall connection performance, including
consideration of the structural interaction within simple isolated joints and global
structural frames. In this chapter, the developed model is validated against available
experimental results, and is subsequently extended to parametric studies on the influence
of connection behaviour.
5.1. Single-bolted connection behaviour
As the generation of the component-based model for the fin-plate connection is derived
from a single lap-joint’s behaviour, the validation of this behaviour against actual
response is an important step in guaranteeing the accuracy and consistency of the
proposed component model. Richard et al. (1980) investigated this relationship using the
test specimen detailed in Figure 5.1, consisting of two 3/8” (9.53mm) plates of ASTM
A36 steel, connected by a 3/4” (19.05mm) diameter ASTM A325 high-strength bolt. The
bolt hole was an over-sized standard hole according to AISC-LRFD (AISC, 1993). The
yield strength of the plate and bolt are defined on the basis of nominal values, as it was
not reported by Richard.
Figure 5.1 Richard et al. (1980) single lap-joint specimen geometry and dimensions.
3.75in/
95.3mm
13/16in
Bolt
3 in/
76.2mm
6.75 in/171.45mm
Plate 1 Plate 2
4 i
n/1
01
.6m
m
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
115
Richard also represented non-linear force-displacement behaviour of a single bolt lap-
joint with a continuous parametric equation. This equation uses four parameter functions;
(K, Kp, Ro and N), dependent upon the connection geometry, stiffness and strength. The
Richard Function can then be derived by the combination of these parameters. The
curves generated were used to describe the structural behaviour of welds, double framing
angles and bolts in single and double shear (El-Salti, 1992).
(5.1)
Where,
R= Force (or Stress)
Δ= Deformation
K = Initial elastic stiffness
Kp = Plastic stiffness
Ro = Reference Load
N = Curvature parameter
A comparison of the generated component model (indicated by CM) against the
experimental result is given in Figure 5.2. The dotted line represents the analytical curve
produced by Richard using the expression given in Equation (5.1). The force-
displacement relationship of a bolted single plate indicates good agreement, with a slight
discrepancy in the elastic range. The overall capacity of the component model suggests a
more conservative response, being slightly lower than the analytical model by a mere
4.3%. In other research, Hu (2011) also created a 3D finite element model using Abaqus,
which provided good agreement with test results. The displacement of the component
model, however, requires to be shifted in line with the free slip present in order to
illustrate the actual behaviour of the bolted joint. The active response of the bolted joint is
only established after positive contact between the bolt and the bolt hole walls.
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
116
Figure 5.2 Force-displacement comparison curves
5.2. Multi-bolt-row fin-plate connection behaviour
The application of the component model to fin-plate connections can be performed by
simply replicating the single-bolted model on multiple bolt rows. The investigations of
the fin-plate connection behaviour are herein considered according to different cases;
subjected both to pure axial force and combined forces.
5.2.1. Fin-plate connection subjected to axial force
A series of fin-plate connection tests was carried out by Hu (2011) for ambient and
elevated temperatures. The loading and temperature conditions imposed on the test
specimens were intended to permit investigation of the connection behaviour and the key
limit states experienced during a fire. The connections were tested at four high
temperatures; 400°C, 500°C, 550°C and 700°C, in addition to the ambient temperature
20°C. By utilising an electric furnace, the heating conditions were defined to be thermally
steady-state, and the testing was displacement-controlled at a rate of 0.05in/min. The
material properties for the connection components were experimentally determined, as
given in Table 5.1.
Table 5.1 Measured material properties at ambient temperature
Connection part Yield strength(N/mm2) Ultimate strength(N/mm
2)
Beam ASTM A992
W12×26 406 518
A36 Fin-plate 303 452
A 325 Bolts Not measured 961
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
-5 0 5 10 15 20
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
FE Model (Hu, 2011)
Analytical model (Richard,1980)
CM
3/4" A325 Bolt
3/8" A36 Plates
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
117
The test specimens were cut from an ASTM A992 W12×26 structural steel section, and
connected to a 3/8 inch (9.53mm) thick fin-plate. The assembly of the beam section and
fin-plate were both welded to two thick base plates by 1/4 inch (6.25mm) fillet welds at
both ends. The connection dimensions were specified according to the recommendations
of the AISC Manual (AISC, 2006). The test setup details were as shown in Figure 5.3.
Using similar arrangements, the tests were performed in two phases; subjected to normal
tension and to inclined tension. However, in this thesis, only the normal tension case will
be investigated further.
Figure 5.3 Hu (2011) test setup and specimen detail.
A load controller was used to control the crosshead displacement of the machine. The
furnace was supported by a motor-driven lift system to facilitate its movement within the
testing frame. The test machine measured and recorded the vertical displacement of the
upper loading head, which was considered to be the total displacement in the tests. In the
case of the test subjected to normal tension, the base plate displacements were measured
by the displacement transducers attached to the two stainless steel rods protruding out of
the furnace.
The test arrangement was simulated using the component model and this was compared
with respect to the force-deflection response of the specimen. In general, good
comparisons were achieved for both ambient (Figure 5.5) and elevated temperatures
(Figure 5.6). In order to provide clear evaluation of the actual connection response, the
curves were shifted to eliminate the effect of the initial slip phase. For all cases, the
1-1/4” 3-1/4”
3”
3”
10”
Furnace
TEST SPECIMEN
Displacement
Transducers
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
118
connection response was only modelled until the maximum resistance was reached, as the
current static solution process is limited to positive stiffness. At 20°C, the experimental
evidence showed bearing/tear-out failure at the bolt holes in the beam web (Figure 5.4)
with little deformation observed in the bolts themselves. This is consistent with the
response given by the component model, which established plate yielding in the beam
web to be the dominant failure mode.
Figure 5.4 (a) Tear-out failure in the beam web (b) Deformation in the bolts
Figure 5.5 Force-displacement response for connection subjected to normal tension
(Ambient temperature)
At all elevated temperatures, the weakest component identified in the component model is
bolt shear. With the exception of the temperature case at 400°C, fracture of the bolt was
the only connection failure mode observed. At 400°C, the test specimen failed by beam
web tear-out failure, but with noticeable bolt shear deformation. Thus, as the component
model is incapable of establishing a mixed-failure mode, either failure characteristic can
be considered the dominant failure mode. Moreover, the maximum resistance of the beam
web and bolt components indicated only 9.4% difference.
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
-10 0 10 20 30
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Test (Hu, 2011)
CM T20
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
119
Figure 5.6 Force-displacement response for connection subjected to normal tension
(elevated temperatures)
5.2.2. Fin-plate connection subjected to inclined force
A series of experimental tests were carried out by Yu et al. (2009) to investigate the
robustness of steel connections at elevated temperatures. Four types of connection were
studied; flush endplates, flexible endplates, fin-plates and web cleats. A detailed
description of the tests in an electric furnace with internal capacity of 1.0m3
is shown
schematically in Figure 5.7. A UB 305×165×40 section support-beam was connected to
one flange of a UC 254×89 section column, and positioned such that the whole specimen
was tilted by 25° above the horizontal axis in the furnace. Each specimen was gradually
heated to a specified temperature and loaded to failure at this constant temperature using
a special loading system. The loading jack was rigidly connected to the lower beam of the
reaction frame and connected to the specimen using an assembly of three 26.5mm
diameter 1030 Grade Macalloy link bars. The furnace bar, link bar and jack bar were each
connected to a central pin at one end, with their opposite ends connected to the test
member, the jack and a fixed pin on the reaction frame respectively. The loading jack was
displacement-controlled and functioned by pulling the central pin downward during the
loading process, thus applying an inclined tensile force to the beam end through the
furnace bar. The angle between the furnace bar and the beam axis determined the
inclination of the tying force applied, and therefore the ratio of the tying and shear forces.
This arrangement was designed to enable large rotation of the connection, relative to the
supported column.
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
-5 0 5 10 15 20
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
CM T400
Test (Hu, 2011)
CM T500
Test (Hu, 2011)
CM T550
Test (Hu, 2011)
CM T700
Test (Hu, 2011)
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
120
Figure 5.7 Yu et al. (2009) test setup
The connection tests were performed at a very slow deflection rate and were
progressively loaded to fracture over about 90 minutes. Measurement of the force was
achieved using strain-gauges attached to the loading bars. Meanwhile, the deformations
of the specimens were measured using a digital camera placed in front of the
100mm×200mm observation window, in the front door of the furnace. Rotations and
displacements were calculated from the movements of targets marked on the column and
beam specimens.
One fin-plate detail will now be considered from this test series, using test results at both
ambient and elevated temperatures. The detailing of the beam-to-column member and
connection are illustrated in Figure 5.8. The steel beams and fin-plates were both S275
Grade whilst the column was of S355 Grade steel. Standard coupon tests were performed
on the test specimens to determine their properties at ambient temperature; however the
properties at elevated temperature were not tested directly. The material properties were
given as; Young’s Modulus 176.35 kN/mm2, yield strength 356 N/mm
2 and ultimate
strength 502 N/mm2.
Load jack
Reaction frame
Electrical furnace
Macalloy
bars
Tested
connectio
n
Reaction
frame
Support beam
α
Furnace bar Link
bar Jack
bar
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
121
Figure 5.8 Geometry of the test specimen
The fin-plate used was 200mm deep × 8mm thick with three rows of bolts, designed in
accordance with UK design recommendations (BCSA, 1991). Twelve fin-plate
connection specimens with a single column of bolts were tested, plus an additional two
specimens with a double column of bolts, as shown in Figure 5.9. The bolts used were
fully threaded Grade 8.8 M20 and M24 bolts. At both ambient and elevated temperatures,
the connections were loaded by forces at initial inclination angles of 35° and 55º;
however the nominal angle varied during the test, depending on the assembled
configuration of the loading system.
Figure 5.9 Detailing of the tested fin-plate connection
In this validation, the experimental setup of a beam-to-column fin-plate connection is
simulated using the developed component-based model in Vulcan, and compared to the
test results. The results shown are for applied force with initial inclinations of =35° at
ambient (Figure 5.10) and elevated temperatures (Figure 5.11). On the whole, the
responses of the component-based model achieved close agreement with the test results,
particularly during the loading phase. It can be observed from the results that the simple
models exhibit similar load-sharing sequences, which can be detailed in stages;
Stage 1 The first bolt contacts the edges of the bolt holes of the connected plates. The
model initially experiences a slip stage of up to about 2° rotation with frictional
resistance only.
200mm
50 50
40mm
60mm
60mm
40mm
50 50 50
51.7mm
F
α
320mm
300mm
400mm 90mm
40mm
10mm
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
122
Stage 2 When one or two bolts have come into positive contact with their hole edges, the
resistance gradually increases until the top bolts reach their maximum
resistance. Subsequently, the bottom flange comes into contact with the column
face, resulting in stiffer deformation response.
Stage 3 The bottom bolt unloads, and undergoes a short free-slip phase. The applied force
rises again as the bottom bolt changes the direction of its force by contacting the
opposite edges of its bolt hole. The connection reaches its maximum resistance
when either the bottom bolt reaches its ultimate load, or the first bolt has
excessively deformed or fractured.
Figure 5.10 Force-rotation comparisons at loading angle 35° at ambient temperature
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3 bolt
Abaqus (Yu, 2009)
Test 35(Yu, 2009)
CM T20-35
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
123
Figure 5.11 Force-rotation comparisons at loading angle 55° at ambient temperature
In addition to the experimental tests, Yu et al. (2009) also generated a component model
using the finite element software Abaqus. The reason for the form of response of the
substantiated model is that, as the model is loaded, the geometry change causes the
relationship between the forces and rotational displacements to be non-linear.
Subsequently, second-order geometric effects are taken into account in the Vulcan
analysis, which may create increased moments. The distinct discrepancy between the
component models’ curves can be purely focused on the initial stage of loading, and is
caused by the frictional effect in the model. The friction model in Abaqus was generated
according to the triangular model of Sarraj (2007b). The friction component in the newly
developed component-based model is established using the recommendation of Eurocode
3-1-8 (CEN, 2005b), coupled with experimental observation, to define the overall
behaviour of the component. The frictional resistance enables a more realistic prediction
by its consideration of the number of friction surfaces and the detailing of the bolt holes.
Yu’s model considered two ductility cases based on the post-resistance behaviour of the
bolts, which are listed as; infinite and finite ductility. In the current model, similar
assumptions are adopted, but with a high-ductility case rather than infinite ductility, in
order to simulate the progressive connection failure observed in the tests. Using static
analysis, the response of the connection could be generated until the top two bolts in
combination reached their maximum resistance, and the bottom bolt was stress-free
(indicated by circles in all cases). Beyond this point, the analysis terminated, unless the
infinite ductility assumptions was adopted for bolts.
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
0 5 10 15
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3 bolt
Abaqus (Yu, 2009)
Test (Yu, 2009)
CM T20-55
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
124
The idealised force-displacement characteristic of a fin-plate connection follows the post-
yield behaviour of its weakest component, which in this case refers to bolt shearing. The
ultimate fracture of the connection is defined by the residual cross-sectional area of the
bolt. However, the computational limitation of static solvers prohibits further analysis
when dealing with instability caused by negative stiffness. This limitation, however, can
be resolved by utilising a dynamic solver during the unstable phase, or by using
displacement control of the static case. Either approach is possible, particularly the
former, but this is out of the scope of this research.
By adopting a high-ductility connection model, the static analysis can be extended to
model the complete connection response. Additionally, the unloading process can be fully
mobilised while adopting the declining bolt shear resistance assumption in the component
model. Also, in most experimental bolted joint tests conducted (Hirashima et al., 2007),
the ductility of bolts in shear is seen to increase considerably at high temperatures. The
conservative ductile fracture characteristics of the bolts allow the third bolt row to
proceed to unload in the opposite direction, whilst the top two bolts have yielded beyond
their maximum resistance. This consideration provides a considerably more refined
comparison to the test results, as compared to Yu’s model towards the end of the loading
stage at either ambient or elevated temperature.
5.3. Application of component model at elevated temperature
The wide range of Yu’s experimental data at elevated temperature allows the validation
of simulations using the component-based model in Vulcan. Using the electric furnace,
three elevated steady-state temperatures of 450°C, 550°C and 650°C were applied in the
experiments. They represent the temperature range within which the properties of both
the structural and bolt steels are subjected to rapid degradation during fire. The
connection was also subjected to the combinations of shear and tying forces
corresponding to angle α of 35° and 55°, similar to the ambient-temperature tests. The
results are shown in Figure 5.12 and Figure 5.13.
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
125
Figure 5.12 Comparisons of test results to the component model (load angle 35°) at
steady state temperature
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3 bolt
Abaqus (Yu,2009)
Test (Yu, 2009)
CM T450-35
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3 bolt
Abaqus (Yu, 2009)
Test (Yu, 2009)
CM T550-35
0
10
20
30
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3 bolt
Abaqus (Yu, 2009)
Test (Yu, 2009)
CM T650-35
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
126
Figure 5.13 Comparisons of test results to the component model (load angle 55°) at
steady state temperature
0
20
40
60
80
100
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3 bolt
Abaqus (Yu, 2009)
Test (Yu, 2009)
CM T450-55
0
10
20
30
40
50
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3 bolt
Abaqus (Yu, 2009)
Test (Yu, 2009)
CM T550-55
0
10
20
30
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3 bolt
Abaqus (Yu, 2009)
Test (Yu, 2009)
CM T650-55
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
127
At elevated temperatures, the responses of the component model have to be shifted to be
directly compared to the tests. This is because of the varied initial slip distances that can
occur, depending on the process used to assemble the bolts, and the initial relative
positions of the bolts and the gap between the beam end and the column face. The
component model defaults to nominal (or recommended) values for all these parameters.
Thus, the connection’s curve has to be shifted along the rotation axis to be directly
comparable with test results.
The predicted maximum resistance is higher than was observed in the tests, which is to be
expected, as it is mainly caused by successive failures of the bolts beyond their nominal
resistances. The responses of the component model used in these comparisons are over-
strong because the bolt-shear component used is assumed to follow the simplified
assumption of the high-ductility case beyond its ultimate resistance. The static analysis
terminates at the stage when the top two bolts in combination reach their maximum
resistance, when the bottom bolt is still stress-free. The component model however is able
to produce relatively close predictions of the fin-plate connection behaviour when
appropriate criteria are adopted. The summary of the maximum rotation and the failure
modes observed in the tests and predicted by the component model are given in Table 5.2.
Table 5.2 Comparison of the test and component model deformation response.
Specimen
Max resistance (kN) Max rotation
(degree)
Dominant failure
mode
Tests CM %Diff Tests CM %Diff Tests CM
20-35 185.11 186.74 0.9 7.81 9.74 24.7
Visible
plate
bearing,
followed
by one bolt
fractured
Bolt
shear
450-35 84.47 129.58 53.4 6.24 8.08 29.5 Bolt shear Bolt
shear
550-35 38.46 52.35 36.1 7.12 8.41 18.1 Bolt shear Bolt
shear
650-35 19.3 26.58 37.7 7.37 7.14 3.1 Bolt shear Bolt
shear
20-55 145.95 146.2 0.2 11.11 14.69 32.2 Two bolts
sheared
Bolt
shear
450-55 70.69 91.62 29.6 6.09 7.32 20.2 Bolt shear Bolt
shear
550-55 34.81 45.26 30.0 6.56 7.34 11.9 Bolt shear Bolt
shear
650-55 17.73 22.45 26.6 6.26 6.35 1.4 Bolt shear Bolt
shear
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
128
5.4. Force and displacement of connections.
Detailed analysis of the active components is possible when applying the component-
based model. The response of every component can be traced, at every loading step, by
plotting the non-linear force-displacement graphs (Figure 5.14). The case adopted in this
section is at ambient temperature (T=20°C) with an applied load angle =35°. Bolts B1
and B2 are loaded in tension beyond their maximum resistance, which results individual
bolt curves with negative stiffness. An extended failure phase is possible with the
assumption of a high-ductility characteristic, for which the ultimate fracture of a bolt is
not equivalent to a displacement equal to the bolt diameter.
Conversely, for the bolt B3, loaded in compression, a different route is adopted. From the
results generated, the implementation of both loading and unloading characteristics can
be clearly demonstrated by the behaviour of bolt B3, as shown in Figure 5.15. The bolt
has reached its plastic phase, and this has caused permanent deformation to the bolt. The
lower beam flange can be distinctly observed to function only in compression, which is
initiated when the gap between the beam-end and the column face closes. Beyond this,
the lower beam flange acts as a pivot, reducing the overall deformation of the top bolts
due to its high stiffness.
Figure 5.14 Force-displacement curves of individual bolts, and the column flange
component.
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
-20 -10 0 10 20 30
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
B1 B2 B3 BF
Tension
Compression
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
129
Figure 5.15 Partial unloading of bottom bolt (B3)
A complete analysis of the components is explained in terms of the change in the bolt
forces (Figure 5.16), relative to the external applied load FL. Additionally, an illustration
of the bolt displacement at each row is provided to show the configuration changes of the
bolts in the fin-plate, emphasizing the dB3 behaviour which is able to properly describe the
sequence of the loading-unloading cycle. The critical bolt forces, FB1 and FB2, are the
highest, and hence the first to come into contact with the bolt hole circumference. With
increased loading, at approximately FL = 49kN, the compressive lower beam flange
spring is activated, following large rotation of the connection. The contact established
initiates the much stiffer response shown previously for other cases. Almost immediately,
a corresponding unloading of B3 can be observed. The bolt B3 is initially loaded in
compression until irreversible plastic deformation occurs, and subsequently unloads,
following the pre-defined free-slip route into the tensile phase. All the bolt rows then
displace with respect to the instantaneous point of rotation (in this case: lower beam
flange). The uppermost bolt B1 displaces extensively, exceeding the bolt diameter, which
is in agreement with the test results showing evident bolt shearing failure. Bolt B2 carries
the lowest relative force, delaying contact with the bolt hole circumference until an
external force FL of approximately 78kN.
-60
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
-3 -2 -1 0
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
130
Figure 5.16 Loading and unloading sequence
5.5. Parametric study
The investigation of the connection’s response is extended by performing parametric
studies on the key components which influence the overall behaviour of the beam-column
connection. Therefore, further study concentrates on the influence of the connection
detailing on the overall connection performance.
5.5.1. Influence of the bolt grade and sizes
At both ambient and elevated temperatures, an investigation of the effect of utilising
stronger bolts has been performed using different bolt grades and diameter sizes. This
study concurs with the design recommendation to avoid undesirable brittle failure in
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Dis
pla
cem
en
t (m
m)
External Force (kN)
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Fo
rce (
kN
)
External Force (kN)
B1
B2
B3
BF
FB1
FB2
FB3
FBF
dB1
dB2 dB3
dBF
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
131
connections; moreover, it has been observed in many tests that the primary connection
failure is bolt shearing failure. In the context of component model, the properties of the
bolts determine their shearing resistance, which then characterises the primary failure
modes of the connections. Comparisons to experimental results has been made where
these are available, otherwise a computational analysis has been carried out over a wider
range of evaluation. In general, the overall behaviour of the connection in terms of
capacity and maximum rotation has been adequately predicted by the component model,
giving close agreement to the experimental results.
Two commonly used bolt sizes, M20 and M24, are adopted and compared to the tests,
with respect to connection force-rotation relationships (Figure 5.17). It is evident that the
maximum resistance of fin-plate connections can be increased by using larger bolt
diameters. Additionally, the dominant failure mode also changes from brittle to ductile
failure with an increase of the bolt shearing capacity. At ambient temperature, the effect
of utilising an M24 bolt is merely to increase the capacity by 20.3% compared with that
given using M20 bolts. The component model, however, is capable of generating higher
maximum resistances, depending on the ductility assumption adopted for the bolt
components.
At elevated temperature, a significant increase of the connection resistance has been
observed when utilising M24 bolts (Figure 5.18). The enhancement of the connection
capacity for a test performed at temperature 550°C reached 92.7% relative to that for
M20 bolts. This is explained by the fact that bolts increase their ductility when exposed
to high temperatures, thus providing higher resistance to the connection by allowing
larger beam-end rotation.
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
132
Figure 5.17 Force-displacement response for ambient temperature with load angle 35°
Figure 5.18 Force-displacement response for T=550°C with load angle 35°
For varying bolt properties, three bolt Grades (4.6, 8.8 and 10.9) have been considered.
The loading patterns of the connections with bolt Grades 8.8 and 10.9 are generally
similar, with small discrepancies as shown in Figure 5.19. However, the maximum
resistance when using bolt Grade 10.9 increases by approximately 15.1% as compared
with that of Grade 8.8 at ambient temperature.
At elevated temperatures, rather unusual behaviour was observed in the tests using bolt
Grade 10.9. The top bolt appears to experience premature failure at much lower resistance
than the two lower bolts. This is shown in Figure 5.20, which shows that the maximum
resistance of the connection occurs at a second peak point, indicating the failure of the
second bolt row. This limit is enhanced by 45.3% relative to that for bolt Grade 8.8. The
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
T20-35 M20-8.8, YU Test
M24-8.8, YU Test
M20-8.8, CM
M24-8.8, CM
0
20
40
60
80
100
0 5 10 15
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
T550-35 YU Test, M20-8.8
Yu Test, M24-8.8
CM, M20-8.8
CM, M24-8.8
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
133
component model, however, is capable of predicting the peak resistance of the first (top)
bolt row, if this performs as anticipated. In all cases, the component model generally
generates good agreement, predicting the connection’s maximum resistance as well as
simulating the underlying mechanism throughout the loading-unloading sequence.
The large discrepancy shown for connections using bolt Grade 10.9, in terms of the
connection’s maximum resistance, is explained by the unusual early failure of the top
bolts during the tests, at a lower applied force than that at which the other two bolts fail.
This was observed with the peak resistance reached at failure of the middle bolt rather
than that of the top bolt. The component model, however, is able to generate the
predicted maximum capacity of the connection in the normal case of perfectly-
functioning top bolt performance.
In all cases, the use of stronger bolt properties generally increases the capacity of the
connection. Significant enhancement of capacity can be achieved, particularly at high
temperatures. Although the strength and stiffness of the bolt decreases with increasing
temperature the steel becomes softer, thus allowing the bolt to behave in a more ductile
manner. This was observed in Yu’s (2009) double-shear test on A325 and A490 bolts
(equivalent to property classes Grade 8.8 and 10.9 respectively). At temperatures between
500°C to 700°C, parallel abrasion marks were visible on the bolt failure surfaces, which
indicate the shearing failure that occurred and the high ductility of bolts at these
temperature levels.
Figure 5.19 Force-displacement response for ambient temperature with load angle 35°
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
T20-35 M20-10.9, YU Test
M20-10.9, CM
M20-8.8, YU Test
M20-8.8, CM
M20-4.6, CM
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
134
Figure 5.20 Force-displacement response for T=550°C with load angle 35°
5.5.2. Influence of the connection position with respect to neutral axis
In order to achieve the required flexibility in the fin-plate connection, restraint has been
investigated with respect to the connection’s position on the beam web. The
recommended position of the connection according to the Green Book (BCSA, 1991) is
to be positioned near to the top flange to provide adequate positional restraint. The range
of distances has been defined relative to the neutral axis of the beam from the beam top
flange. Four cases are generated; three of those are arranged in the top portion of the
beam web, and one case is positioned so that the middle bolt is aligned on the beam
neutral axis (Figure 5.21). All the connections have identical configuration and detailing,
and are subjected to ambient (T=20°C) and elevated (T=550°C) temperatures.
Figure 5.21 Position of connection in respect to top beam flange
In general, the maximum resistance of the connection can be achieved by positioning the
connection as close as possible to the upper beam flange. Moving the connection
downward towards the neutral axis causes a reduction of the connection resistance.
0
20
40
60
80
100
0 5 10 15
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
T550-35
M20-10.9, Yu Test
M20-10.9, CM
M20-8.8, Yu Test
M20-8.8, CM
M20-4.6, CM
40mm
30
3.4
mm
20mm
NA NA
10mm 51.7mm
T=20°C TP3 TP1 TP2 TP4
T=550°C TP7 TP5 TP6 TP8
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
135
However, it is observed that the rotational ductility of the connection increases as this
distance increases. High flexibility of the connection is favourable to accommodate the
end rotation demanded of a simply supported beam. The ultimate resistance of the
connection is shown in Figure 5.24 with respect to its distance from the upper beam
flange
Figure 5.22 Force-rotation response for ambient temperature with varying connection
positions (shown in Figure 5.21)
Figure 5.23 Force-rotation response for T=550°C with varying connection positions
(shown in Figure 5.21)
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 5 10 15 20
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3 bolts
TP1-T20
TP2-T20
TP3-T20
TP4-T20
0
20
40
60
80
100
0 5 10 15 20
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3bolts
TP5-T550
TP7-T550
TP8-T550
TP6-T550
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
136
Figure 5.24 Comparison of maximum resistances for T=20°C and T=550°C
Due to the beam end rotations, the main concern is then the bolt capacity, which may
significantly affect the overall connection capacity. If it is assumed that the vertical shear
force is equally distributed between the total number of bolt rows, the horizontal
component is now investigated. The magnitudes of the horizontal bolt forces are a
function of each bolt’s location with respect to the centroidal axis of the beam. As the
distance to this axis increases, the horizontal force acting on the bolt increases.
Figure 5.25 Forces and displacements of bolts for T=20°C and T=550°C (refer Figure
5.21)
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Max
imum
Res
ista
nce
(kN
)
Position of bolt(mm)
T = 20 C
T = 550 C
0
50
100
150
Bo
lt F
orc
e (k
N)
TP1
TP2
TP3
TP4
T20
0
10
20
30
40
50
Bo
lt F
orc
e (k
N)
T550
TP5
TP6
TP7
TP8
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
0 100 200 300
Bo
lt D
isp
alce
men
t (m
m)
External Force (kN)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
0 50 100
Bo
lt D
isp
lace
men
t (k
N)
External Force (kN)
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
137
The internal bolt forces and the displacements of the critical bolts (those furthest from the
neutral axis) are shown in Figure 5.25, against the applied external force. At both ambient
and elevated temperatures, the top bolt reaches its maximum resistance of 121.9 kN and
36.1kN respectively, and subsequently follows the “downhill” failure curve of the
governing component. It is evident that with greater lever arm from the neutral axis, a
bolt attracts a higher force. For models TP1 and TP5, the bolt yields in a more ductile
manner, this allows a much higher failure force on the connection to be achieved.
Conversely, the bolts nearest to the neutral axis are subjected to low horizontal forces.
The directions of the bolt forces to resist mainly moment are shown in Figure 5.26. Two
examples of the bolt movements, in Models TP5 and TP8 at elevated temperature are
shown in Figure 5.27. The bolt movements are plotted relative to their positions in the
connection; with the origin on the Y-axis indicating the neutral axis of the beam. The
plots illustrate that the bolt group initially rotates about its centreline, satisfying the
equilibrium state by moving as if they were connected by a solid structure. This
movement is essentially caused by the beam-end rotation and is a function of the distance
from the neutral axis of the beam. The top bolts for both models are shown as displacing
considerably beyond the maximum resistance. However, this is largely a result of the
infinitely ductile bolt shear model used. The middle and lower bolts accommodate
further rotation of the beam-end. Model TP8 shows lower displacement by 2.8% and
6.9% than model TP5 respectively.
Figure 5.26 Direction of horizontal forces on the bolt.
The position of the connection on the beam web determines the rotational ductility of the
beam-column connection model. The capacity of a connection depends on the critical
bolts’ distance from the neutral axis, and this also modifies the connections’ overall
ductility in rotation.
Support side Beam side
Force is positive
toward the beam + ve
-ve
Force is negative
toward the support
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
138
Figure 5.27 Movements of bolt group for a) Model TP5 and b) Model TP8
5.5.3. Influence of loading angle
The inclined tying force, which is represented by the loading angle, is a fairly realistic
way of simulating the combination of beam-end shear, tying and moment forces in the
later stages of heating by a real fire. The varying loading angle specified in the tests
generates a set ratio of tying to shear force. A smaller loading angle, of 35°, allows higher
tying capacity of the connection than that for the higher angle of 55°, because it leads to a
smaller proportion of shear force. The angle also influences the resultant force, with 35°
generating lower moment at the bolt assembly, thus enhancing the overall connection
capacity.
Figure 5.28 Comparison force-rotation curve with loading angle 35°-55°
The robustness requirement of the shear connection includes their capability to carry the
tying forces, in addition to the vertical shear load applied parallel to the column.
Therefore, the investigation of the combined action of the horizontal and vertical forces is
carried out relative to the inclined force adopted in the experiments. The incorporation of
-40
-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
-20 0 20 40 60
Po
stio
n o
f b
olt
(m
m)
Bolt Displacement (mm)
Top bolt
Middle Bolt
Lower bolt -80
-60
-40
-20
0
20
40
60
80
-20 0 20 40 60
Po
stio
n o
f b
olt
(m
m)
Bolt Displacement (mm)
Top bolt
Middle bolt
Lower bolt
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 5 10 15 20 25
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3 bolt CM T20-55
Test 55(Yu, 2009)
CM T20-35
Test 35(Yu, 2009)
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
139
this action has been detailed in Chapter 4, which entail the representation of the reduced
horizontal bolt forces with the inclusion of the vertical shear component. The force-
rotation of the component model response at temperature T=550°C is shown in Figure
5.29. The coupled forces model indicates the consideration of horizontal and vertical
forces that is coupled, hence reducing the individual bolt capacity and thus the overall
connection. However, the capacity reduction shown here is not significantly influenced
by the consideration of coupling the forces on the bolt row.
Figure 5.29 The force-rotation response of combined forces at temperature 550°C
5.6. Application of the fin-plate connection element
The development of the component model has been described and validated with
previously available experimental results. A brief application of the connection element
will now be conducted to investigate the behaviour of fin-plate connections in isolation
and in a global frame analysis.
5.6.1. Influence of connection in isolated beam
The behaviour of a fin-plate connection will be investigated in the context of a typical
beam in isolation. The connection element is incorporated at the beam-end connections in
the form of non-linear characteristics representing the components of a fin-plate
connection. Analysis is conducted for a typical beam used in building construction. An
example beam 7m long is adopted, with Universal Beam section 454×152×60. A
uniformly distributed load is applied to the beam, which corresponds to 0.6 load ratio.
The connection element has been designed, according to the ‘Green Book’ (BCSA, 1991)
for the adopted loading and member size. The details of the fin-plate connection are
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
0 2 4 6 8 10
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Rotation (deg)
M20-8.8-3 bolt
Uncoupled forces
Coupled forces
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
140
shown in Figure 5.30, with a plate thickness of 10mm. The end clearance between the
bottom beam flange and the column face is 10mm. The two usual scenarios for a
connection in normal construction are relatively rigid and flexible. The supporting
member components such as the flange of a column or a plate embedded in a reinforced
concrete wall are relatively rigid. Connections to one side of a column web or a beam
web are very flexible. In this chapter, only the relatively rigid case is considered.
Figure 5.30 (a) Detailing of the connection element (b) The arrangement of the isolated
beam with connection elements.
The connection response is firstly studied in terms of the midspan deflection of the beam
member. Two cases are compared, with end restraint (AX), and without end restraint (N-
AX), as shown in Figure 5.31. In the AX case, the beam experiences restraint provided by
the adjacent structure, while in the latter case (N-AX), the beam is allowed to expand in
the longitudinal direction and experiences pure bending behaviour and rotation of the
connection element. The beams are subjected to uniform heating. The isolated beam
responses for the two cases show that they exhibit relatively similar low levels of
deflection before reaching temperature 265°C. Beyond this, the central deflection in the
AX model increases at a much faster rate. The connection is subjected to high moment,
and high compressive axial force caused by restrained thermal expansion. As the
compressive force is reduced, the rate of deflection also reduces.
40mm
80mm
80mm
80mm
40mm
320mm
50mm 50mm
UB 454 ×152 × 60
W (kNm)
7000mm
AX
N-AX
(a)
(b)
Spring
element
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
141
Figure 5.31 Midspan deflection of the beam
The connection element is subjected to a combination of shear and moment, as a result of
the loading applied to the beam. The behaviour of the connection strongly depends on the
location of the point of contraflexure, at which the bending moment is zero. This location
depends on the rotational stiffness and strength of the fin-plate connection. As shown in
Figure 5.32, as the applied temperature increases, the end moment increases. When the
end moment exceeds the yield moment capacity of the connection, the rotational stiffness
of the connection decreases, which results in redistribution of the end moments towards
the midspan of the beam. During the heating of the connection element, the contraflexure
point moves towards the supports, thus decreasing the fixed-end moment in the beam.
This behaviour shows the fin-plate connection acting more like a pin connection, as it
experiences more yielding and loss of rotational stiffness. The location of the
contraflexure point primarily depends on the depth of the fin-plate, the amount of
slippage in the bolts and the rotational stiffness of the supporting member (in this case,
rigid).
Figure 5.32 End moment in the connection for axially restrained.
-1200
-1000
-800
-600
-400
-200
0
0 200 400 600 800
Def
lect
ion (
mm
)
Temperature(C)
N-AX
AX
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
0 200 400 600 800
Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Temperature(C)
AX
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
142
Figure 5.33 Change of contraflexure point in beam during loading
5.6.2. Influence of the applied load ratio
The beam studied above is subjected to a load ratio of 0,6. In order to investigate a
practical case, it is necessary to estimate an appropriate load-ratio, not so low that it only
induces nominal moments within the connection, or so high as to result in rapid
premature failure. The load ratio is defined as the ratio between the applied loading at
Fire Limit State and the load capacity of the beam at ambient temperature.
The influence of the load ratio on the performance of the generated model is shown in
Figure 5.34. The load ratio is plotted in the range 0.3-0.8 against the “failure temperature”
of the beam. The term “failure temperature” is here defined as the temperature at which
the beam reaches a limiting deflection of span/30, which is a familiar limit taken from
standard furnace testing of beams. This is a very simplistic criterion in the context of
connection response.
The figure also shows the case where the temperature of the connection is lower than the
beam temperature. The use of a lower connection temperature has been recommended by
Lawson (1990), as 70% of the lower beam flange temperature, and is based on a series of
furnace tests using the ISO standard time-temperature regime (ISO834, 1975) . However,
this contradicts the temperature distributions recorded by Leston-Jones (1997) in his bare-
steel joint tests utilising end-plate connections. The temperature difference showed little
variation in these tests, being 98% of the lower beam flange temperatures. However, the
latter tests used a beam-to-column connection totally enclosed within a furnace, whereas
the earlier tests used a concrete slab supported on the beam’s top flange as the ceiling of
the furnace, causing very different conditions for the incident heat flux around the
connections. The connection temperature adopted in this study is defined, assuming a
supported concrete slab, as uniform but at 80% of the uniform beam temperature.
At service load
At yield point
At collapse
Contraflexure
point
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
143
Figure 5.34 Influence of load ratio on different connection temperatures.
Figure 5.35 Top bolt forces of the connection (critical bolts).
Figure 5.36 Force-displacement graph of the bolt component for case (a) LR= 0.3; (b)
LR= 0.7
Superficially this suggests that lower connection temperatures can enhance the beam
performance quite significantly at medium-to-high load ratios. However, this is based
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
500 600 700 L
oad
Rat
io
Failure Temparatures(C)
Tc=1.0Tb
Tc=0.8Tb
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Temperature ( C)
LR =0.3 LR =0.4 LR =0.5 LR =0.6 LR =0.7
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
-40 -20 0 20
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement
B-1 B-2
B-4 B-3
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
-20 0 20 40 60 80
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement
B-1 B-2
B-3 B-4
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
144
entirely on beam deflection, and takes no account of the real possibility of fracture of
elements of the connections.
The influence of the load ratio on the connection can be explained with the bolt forces in
the connection for the case with lower connection temperature. Figure 5.35 shows the bolt
forces, farthest away from the centreline of the connection (critical bolts). For all case, the
bolt forces increases with temperature increase, but the unloading point of the loaded
connection varies considerably, with different load ratios. As shown before, the critical
temperature varies slightly with different load ratios. However, the loading level (in terms
of magnitude) on the connection defined the behaviour of the whole connection. This is
shown in Figure 5.36 for two cases; with low load ratio 0.3 and high load ratio 0.7. The
unloading of the bolt component is more obvious for LR =0.7, as it starts to unload
temperature, T=354°C, whilst for LR=0.3 the connection unloads later at T=451°C.
Because the connection was loaded at low level, the inelastic behaviour in the connection
is delayed, and subsequently an improved critical temperature.
5.7. Connection response on two-dimensional sub-frame.
The development of the component-based model has been successfully validated in the
previous sections. Having defined the behaviour of the fin-plate connections at elevated
temperatures in isolation, it is now necessary to consider the significance of the influence
of continuity between structural members in frameworks. This can be achieved by simply
implementing the component model in a typical sub-frame arrangement, as a way of
assessing how the global structural response is affected by the interaction between the
structural members and the connection’s component assembly. The analysis of sub-
frames is preferable to complete structures, because they facilitate the computation in
terms particularly of runtimes and preparation times. A symmetric sub-frame model
representing a restrained “rugby goal post” frame has been adopted for this study. Similar
frame models have been used by Leston-Jones (1997), Al-Jabri (1999) and Block (2006)
on other types of connection, and have provided good predictions of the whole-frame
structural behaviour. However, this model has the disadvantage of being based on a
plane-frame model, and therefore neglects any, potentially significant, influence of out-
of-plane connectivity and slab action.
The response of the sub-frame is investigated using two different temperature
distributions on the connection, in order to represent the effect of the higher massivity in
the connection region than in the open beam span. The frame arrangement (Figure 5.37)
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
145
consists of a UB 254×102×22 beam section with span 5.5m, and column sections UC 203
×203×71. The detailed selection of these sections for ambient-temperature at Ultimate
Limit State conditions is given in the Appendix, assuming the building is of residential
type. The restraint conditions at the beam ends are defined to prevent horizontal
displacement, whilst the columns are allowed to displace vertically. A uniformly
distributed line loading is applied to the beam, generating a load ratio of 0.6 with respect
to the assumed simply supported conditions. Additionally, a point load of 1324 kN has
been placed on the top of the column, generating the same load ratio in the lower column,
when combined with the beam reactions.
The heating regimes on the structural members are defined individually, assuming that
the fire compartment coincides with the middle bay. However, the temperature
distributions across the beam sections are assumed to be uniformly distributed. The
lower-storey columns are defined to reach only 50% of the beam temperature, assuming
that they are fully protected, but leaving the joint zone exposed to the fire. Thus, a much
higher temperature is defined at the connection compared to the column, but this is lower
than the temperature of the heated beam, due to the higher massivity and low exposed
surface area in the vicinity of the joint.
Figure 5.37 Two-dimensional subframe model
2750mm 5500mm
35
00
mm
3
50
0m
m
Midspan
1.0T
20°C
0.8T
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
146
The connection response in the sub-frame arrangement is investigated mainly on the basis
of the mid-span deflection in the heated bay and the connection’s internal forces. The
mid-span deflection shown in Figure 5.38 is compared to the nominal cases of pinned and
rigid connections, which would provide a solution envelope if the developed connection
element were semi-rigid only in the rotational sense. The beam deflection starts to
increase from about 200°C, and is largely caused by the major-axis thermal buckling due
to the compression force caused by restrained thermal expansion. The deflection rate then
increases rapidly in the temperature range 400°C to 700°C, until the frame loses its
stability and fails by ‘run-away’. This form of response can be anticipated, given the
reduction of the material mechanical properties described in Chapter 2. The case with the
arrangement tested as a rigidly-jointed frame is observed to provide significant
enhancement in response in the middle range of temperatures as compared to the pinned
connections, but the eventual failure temperatures for each of these two idealised cases
will be almost identical, being based on catenary tension failure of the beam section.
Incorporating the component model, which attempts to represent the stiffness and
strength at any temperature of each component, results in a significantly lower failure
temperature. This is in accordance with the logic that the fin-plate connection, as a
simple connection, possesses limited stiffness and strength. Its performance is relatively
poor at elevated temperatures, when subjected to combined tying, moment and shear
forces.
This comparison has considered a case in which the connection temperature is equal the
temperature of the heated beam. Incorporating a more realistic fire scenario and its likely
effect on the connection temperature should result in an enhancement of the frame
response compared to this case.
Figure 5.38 Vertical displacement of the mid-span at the heating bay
-1200
-1000
-800
-600
-400
-200
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Def
lect
ion(m
m)
Temperature ( C)
Tc = 1.0 Tb
Rigid
Pinned
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
147
A comparison of deflection responses is given for cases with different connection
temperatures in Figure 5.39. In the case where the connection temperature is equal to the
beam temperature (Tc=1.0Tb) the beam failure temperature is approximately 100°C
lower than for the case with a cooler connection temperature (Tc=0.8Tb). The overall
performance of the fin-plate connection is particularly improved in the range of
temperature during which the rate of weakening of the material becomes large. The rate
of deflection reduces beyond temperature 700°C, which can be attributed to the restraint
provided by the column having initially accelerated the rate of deflection. The thermal
expansion decreases at this stage, and the column provides a degree of restraint until the
connection components’ capacity has reduced sufficiently to proceed to ‘run-away’. This
form of connection response can be seen to be highly influenced by the connection’s
heating rate.
Figure 5.39 Vertical displacement at mid-span with two connection temperature regimes
The connection rotations for these two cases are shown in Figure 5.40. With the
temperature equal to that of the beam, connection failure occurs due to the combination of
high compressive forces and the material strength reduction, with the curves diverging at
a beam temperature of 523°C. High rotation causes significant deformation of the bolts in
the connection, particularly the top bolt; this applies to both cases.
-800
-700
-600
-500
-400
-300
-200
-100
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Def
lect
ion(m
m)
Temperature ( C)
Tc = 0.8 Tb
Tc = 1.0 Tb
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
148
Figure 5.40 Rotation response of the connection element
In the framework of the component model, the failure sequence of the connection can be
explained in detail in terms of the effects on its components. The detailed variation of the
component forces in the connection, for the case where Tc=0.8Tb, is shown in Figure
5.41. The forces shown here are those of the three bolts and the bottom beam flange
contact component. In order to illustrate the different stages of the behaviour at each of
the component bolt rows and the lower flange contact point, the force variation for each
of these components is re-plotted with annotation on Figure 5.43.
Figure 5.41 Component forces in the connection (Tc=0.8Tb).
The positions of the bolts in the fin-plate connection vary with respect to the centreline of
the plate depth, and this determines the effect of connection rotation on the bolt force.
Bolt Row 1 may be seen as critical, being positioned furthest away, both from the
centreline and from the bottom flange contact point, and therefore tends to experience the
highest movements. Throughout the heating, all bolts in the connection follow through a
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Ro
tati
on (
deg
)
Temperature ( C)
Tc = 0.8 Tb
Tc = 1.0 Tb
-250
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Co
mp
onen
t F
orc
es (
kN
)
Bolt row 1 Bolt row 2 Bolt row 3 Bot B/flange
Compression
Temperature (ºC)
Tension
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
149
cycle of loading and unloading, as explained in Chapter 5. However, only Bolt Rows 2
and 3 experience permanent deformation from the start of heating, subsequently
following the slip-unloading route while changing the direction of the force. This is
shown by “plateau” responses in their compressive curves, which indicate the free slip
phase of the bolts. Bolt Row 1 unloads elastically and therefore no permanent
deformation is observed in this bolt in the initial phase. Nevertheless, the displacement of
Bolt Row 1 later shows significant yielding of the beam web, without any brittle failure
of the bolts. The deformation of the plate in bearing, however, has been exaggerated in
this study by assuming a high-ductility connection.
At temperature 307.5°C the bottom beam flange comes into contact with the column face,
which causes an increased compressive force imposed by the beam flange component.
This component has been defined to function only in compression, and only activates
when positive contact is made. When established, contact increases the stiffness of the
overall connection response significantly, since rotation is now about the contact point
rather than the centroid of the bolt rows. This response may advantageously enhance the
capacity of a connection, by reducing the rates of deformation of its individual
components, although reversal of movement at the lower bolt rows may temporarily
reduce the stiffness.
The deformations of each of the component rows as the beam temperature increases are
shown in Figure 5.42 for the case with Tc=0.8Tb.
Figure 5.42 Component displacements in the connection (Tc=0.8Tb).
-20
0
20
40
60
80
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Dis
pla
cem
ent
(mm
)
Bolt row 1 Bolt row 2
Bolt row 3 Bot B/flange
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
150
Figure 5.43 Force-displacement graphs of the components
The axial forces in the connection (and the heated beam) for the two cases generally
exhibit the same response at low temperatures. However, as the beam and connection
weaken according to the heating rate, the comparison becomes more pronounced. From
Figure 5.44, the changes of internal force as temperatures rise can be clearly explained.
At low temperatures, a large compressive axial force, imposed by the thermal expansion
of the beam, is formed in the connection.
Figure 5.44 Axial forces in the connection
-300
-250
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Fo
rce(
kN
)
Temperature ( C)
Tc = 0.8 Tb
Tc = 1.0 Tb
-150
-100
-50
0
50
-20 0 20 40
Fo
rces
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Bolt row 3
-250
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
-15 -10 -5 0
Fo
rces
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Bot B/flange
-50
0
50
100
-10 40 90
Fo
rces
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Bolt row 1
-100
-50
0
50
100
-10 40
Fo
rces
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Bolt row 2
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
151
The connection element behaves similarly to the whole structure when using the
symmetric boundary condition; a high level of axial restraint is caused by adjacent
structural members preventing axial movement of the beam ends. This compressive
action causes major-axis buckling, increasing the deflection at the mid-span of the heated
beam. The kink at 311°C can be explained by the initiation of contact between the lower
beam flange and the column face, as explained previously for the component bolt forces.
Therefore, there is an increase of connection stiffness after positive contact has been
made. At higher temperatures, the compressive force in the connection changes to tensile
force, which derives from catenary action of the beam. This tensile force increases until
the beam loses its capacity and eventually fails. The variation of moment of the
connection and the middle of the heated beam is presented in Figure 5.45.
Figure 5.45 Change of bending moment during heating phase.
5.8. Summary
In this chapter, the validation of the component model has been carried out against
available experimental tests. The proposed connection element compares well to the tests
results, for the cases where the connection is subjected to axial force and inclined force at
ambient and elevated temperatures. Although the component model predicted higher
maximum resistance of the connection, the yielding pattern during loading and heating
has been well captured. This sequential response of the connection has been described in
the context of the individual component forces and relative movement.
-60
-40
-20
0
20
40
60
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Temperature ( C)
Tc = 0.8 Tb (conn) Tc = 0.8 Tb(midspan)
Tc = 1.0 Tb (conn) Tc = 1.0 Tb (midspan)
Chapter 5: Application of component-based model
152
The high resistance prediction is explained by the adoption of the ductility assumption in
the component model. This assumption is conservative in predicting the final fracture or
yielding in connection, however, it allows the individual component to proceed into full
cycle of loading and unloading phase during the course of heating. The consideration of
the combination forces has shown that only slight reduction has been made to the
connection response.
The validated component model is extended to study the behaviour of structural member
in isolation and sub-frame. In the sub-frame study investigation above, the real behaviour
of fin-plate connection in a frame structure has been closely simulated. Significant
reversals of forces during the heating phase can be generated. The logical and realistic
response provided using the component method also demonstrates the reliability of this
method for practical application.
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
153
6. COMPONENT-BASED MODEL FOR MOMENT-
RESISTING BEAM-SPLICE CONNECTION
Steel moment-resisting framed buildings are assumed to develop their ductility through
the development of yielding in their beam-column connections. Many engineers believe
that it is possible to withstand large deformations without significant degradation in
strength, and without the development of instability and collapse. However, evidence of
unforeseen connection failures in different types of hazard (earthquake, blast and fire) has
challenged this paradigm, raising questions about the adequacy of moment-resisting
connection design in building code provisions. Even before the destructive fires in the
WTC7 building, and following the 1994-Northridge and 1995-Kobe earthquakes,
substantial effort was being made to represent the realistic behaviour of such connections.
The framing system type identified in these catastrophic events is widely utilised in the
USA and Japan, where it provides a popular solution for buildings in highly seismic
regions. This is known as a “column-tree” system (Astaneh, 1997), and needs to utilise its
beam-splices as major elements in design. The beam-splices act as ductile ‘fuses’, and
limit the magnitudes of the internal forces, including bending moments, which can be
developed in the frame, which makes them an ideal type of connection in both fire and
earthquake scenarios. Depending on the rotational strength and stiffness of these splices,
the structural frame can behave either as ‘rigid’ or semi-rigid’. Semi-rigidity can be
beneficial at high temperature, when redistribution of forces from beams to other
structural members is critical, influencing the survival time of the whole framing system.
This chapter adapts the component-based approach to characterise the moment-resisting
connection behaviour of beam-to-beam-splices in fire. It will be seen that the method is
capable of capturing the key features of the overall connection interaction in a realistic
manner, based on the underlying mechanics, and can be verified with evidence from
experimental data.
6.1. Beam splice connection design philosophy
In extreme events, very high demands for local and global deformation are imposed on
structural elements, connections and details. Connections between members, in particular,
are anticipated to be the regions where the material is exposed to inelastic deformations,
which consequently influence local ductility requirements and frame performance. The
beam-splices, as the key elements in column tree systems, need to be designed
appropriately in order not to compromise the strength of the beams. The beam-splice
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
154
connections most often used are either welded, field-bolted or a mixture of bolted and
welded elements. However, the advantages of using column-tree systems can be fully
utilised using fully bolted splices. Thus, this analysis concentrates on the bolted
connections. Plate splices, shown in Figure 6.1, can be either single- or double-plated,
the arrangement being repeated on each side of the joint. The use of double plates in
general reduces the number of bolts and shortens the lengths of plate splices. The web
splices normally employ double plates to stiffen the web out-of-plane and to utilise the
double-shear capacity of the bolts. The design philosophy (BCSA, 2002) for this type of
connection is that the flange splices are designed to resist most of the applied moment.
The web splice carries transverse shear, which is assumed to be distributed equally
between the bolts. Additionally, any axial force in the beam is divided equally between
the flanges.
Figure 6.1 Forces in splice connection
Connections in general should possess the characteristics of both strength and ductility,
which in this context refers to their ability to articulate plastically at some stage of the
loading cycle without failure, and this is governed by the ductilities of their parts. The
ductility of a joint reflects the length of the yield plateau in its moment-rotation response,
which is provided mainly by its capacity for plate yielding and bearing deformation at its
bolt holes. Failure criteria are introduced for each individual component to facilitate the
simulation of its behaviour at different temperatures, including final fracture. The design
procedure classifies failure modes into ‘ductile’ and ‘brittle’, and attempts to ensure that
ductile failure modes will precede the brittle ones. In this study only the dominant failure
modes (bearing of plates and bolt shear) are considered, on the basis of previous test
results and analytical research (Sarraj, 2007b; Yu, et al., 2009).
N
M V
V M
N
T T
C C
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
155
6.2. Mechanical model development
In developing the mechanical model of a connection, a comprehensive understanding of
the general behaviour of the connection is necessary. For splice connections, the
utilisation of preloaded bolts can transfer force, initially through frictional resistance and
subsequently through bearing stresses. It is assumed in this research that the bolts are
subjected to forces acting through their centroids. In the initial stage of loading, the bolts,
which are presumed to be installed centrally, do not carry any force. The load is solely
transferred by frictional resistance at the contact surfaces of the plates. When the load
exceeds the frictional resistance, large relative displacement occurs, and the bolt comes
into positive contact with the bolt hole edges. This displacement is caused by a finite slip,
ranging from zero to two hole clearances. The positions of the bolts in their respective
holes during the assembly process define their slip ranges. The bolts positioned furthest
away from centre of rotation usually come into contact with the hole walls first, and are
therefore the critical bolts. These then deform plastically, either by bolt shear or plate
bearing, and eventually fracture. Overall, the connection behaves elastically with
increasing load until the stress in either a bolt or a plate reaches the yield strength of the
material. Beyond this stage, the maximum resistance of the aggregate bolt-row
characteristic is controlled by that of its weakest component. Thus, the post-yield failure
characteristic follows the dominant component. It should be noted that the initial
frictional resistance diminishes somewhat when slip occurs in a bolt row.
Commonly used beam-splice connections consist of splice plates, which are lapped across
the two connected beams and bolted to either side of the web and flanges. In a component
model framework, the active zones for such a splice connection cover the region where
the two members are interconnected and where the set of physical components
mechanically fasten the connected elements, as shown in Figure 6.2.
Figure 6.2 A bolted double-splice butt joint.
Contact elements
End distance
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
156
Characterisation of these active zones is based on the force transfer across a bolted
double-splice butt joint between in-line connected members. Within each zone, several
sources of deformation can be identified, which in this case refer to the frictional, bearing
and shearing resistance of the connected plates and bolts.
6.2.1. Proposed component-based model
It can be seen that the fundamental concept is comparable to that for fin-plate
connections. Thus, the component model derived for a single lap joint (explained in
Chapter 4) can be extended to use for butt joint connections. The assembly of the primary
lap joint (Figure 6.3) can be summarised as consisting of;
a) Cover-plate in bearing (Tension)
b) Cover-plate in bearing (Compression)
c) Beam web in bearing (Tension)
d) Beam web in bearing (Compression)
e) Bolt in shearing
f) Friction (slip)
Figure 6.3 Component model of single bolted lap-joint.
Figure 6.4 Component-based model of two-bolt row subjected to (a) tension; (b)
compression
(a)
δ
(b)
δ
M
(e)
(c) (a)
(b) (d)
(f)
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
157
When the connection is loaded either in tension or compression (Figure 6.4), the contact
achieved by closing the gap, δ activates one or other series of three components. The
equivalent characteristic of the active series follows the failure characteristics of its
weakest individual component.
6.3. Validation of lap-joint connection using preloaded bolts
In shear-bolted joints, one primary factor influencing the performance can be distinctively
established as the frictional forces. The use of high strength friction grip bolts requires
pre-stressing of the bolts, which allows the force transfer mechanism to be carried largely
by the frictional forces. Pre-loaded bolts are commonly used in these connections, which
give a high probability of structural failure in instances where slip occurs.
Lap-bolted joint tensile tests were carried out at Chiba University (Hirashima et al.,
2007), Japan to obtain the relationship of the shear characteristics of high strength bolts.
The tests were performed for single- and double-bolted joints at ambient and elevated
temperatures. The test specimen setup is illustrated in Figure 6.5. The steel grades were
SN 490B for the plates and F10T for the high-strength friction grip bolts, according to the
Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS, 2008). An interval of 600mm is taken as reference
point for the displacement measurement. At both ends, an M24 nut is welded on both
sides of the test specimen. The bolts were tested in two sizes with oversized bolt holes;
M16 in 18mm bolt holes and M20 in 22mm bolt holes respectively.
The test specimen was positioned in an electric furnace (Figure 6.6) with internal
dimensions of 1100mm length, 800mm width and 700mm depth. The right-hand side of
the specimen was attached to a column, whilst the left-hand side was connected to a
manual loading jack. The specimen was loaded at a steady-state condition according to
the specified temperatures. The specimen was designed considering the plate thickness,
width and bolt spacing, so that the high-strength bolts were loaded until they fractured.
The displacement gauge was installed outside the furnace, and connected to the M24 nuts
by four stainless steel rods. The temperature was controlled using six temperature gauges
which were installed within the 600mm reference length. The specimen was heated at
about 10°C per minute, and loaded 1-1.5 hours after it had been kept constant. The
specimen was tested at both ambient and elevated temperatures (400ºC, 500ºC, 600ºC and
700ºC).
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
158
Figure 6.5 Hirashima et al. (2007) lap-joint test specimen
Figure 6.6 Arrangement of the test specimen inside the electric furnace.
The force-displacement relationship of the bolted lap joint tests is compared with the
predictions of the component model (Figure 6.7-Figure 6.8). The test is represented with
dotted lines whilst the component models follow the full lines. The specimen’s
displacement in the test is the average displacement measured between the measurement
points. In this validation, only double-bolted lap joint cases are investigated further, in
order to extend the lap-joint behaviour to beam splice connections. The component model
has shown reasonable agreement with the test results, particularly at elevated
temperatures. At ambient temperature, the yielding of the plate from the model is less
than that in the test. This is largely because the component characteristics follow the
principles of Eurocode 3-1-8 (CEN, 2005b).
Test specimen
770mm 860mm
1640mm
10mm
55
55
55
55
55
55
50 200 260 40 40
600mm
19mm 12mm
Bolt M16 or M20
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
159
In this model, the influence of initial friction between the plates has been reasonably well
captured using the component model characteristics. At initial loading, the force is solely
resisted by the frictional stress between the connected plates, thus explaining the increase
of force at low displacement followed by a “plateau”. Subsequently, after slip occurs, the
transition into bearing joint behaviour increases the stiffness according to the bolted lap-
joint characteristics. In general, the component model is capable of simulating the lap-
joint response at both ambient and elevated temperatures.
Figure 6.7 Force- deflection response of double-bolted joint with M16 bolt.
Figure 6.8 Force- deflection response of double-bolted joint with M20 bolt.
6.4. Beam-splice component model validation
An experimental study on I-section steel beam incorporating high-strength bolted splice
joints was performed, following the lap-joint connection test performed in Chiba
University (Hirahima, et al., 2010). The moment-resisting beam-splice connections were
subjected to ambient and increasing temperatures. The experiments investigated both the
temperature distributions within the connected zones of the beams and the structural
0
100
200
300
0 2 4 6
Fo
rce(
kN
)
Displacement (mm)
T=400 C
T=500 C
T=600 C
T=700 C
T=20 C
0
100
200
300
400
0 2 4 6 8
Fo
rce(
kN
)
Displacement (mm)
T=400 C
T=500 C
T=600 C
T=700 C
T=20 C
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
160
behaviour of the moment-resisting connections at these high temperatures. Four
specimens using beam-splice connections with different details and loading were tested.
Only three of the tests, with the more significant arrangements, are studied here, since the
objective of this study is to understand the influence of fire on moment-resisting
connection response. Details of the differences between the selected specimens are given
in Table 6.1.
Table 6.1 Test detailing for different arrangement.
Specimen
Connection type of
moment-resisting
connection
Number of HSFG
bolts Constant
load Pc
(kN)
Fire
protection Flange Web
Test 2
Partial-strength
4 8 121.9 kN
12.5mm
ceramic
fibre
blanket.
In region e,
a double
layer was
applied.
Test 3 Full-strength
8 8
Test 4 8 8 61.0 kN
The schematic setup of a test is given in Figure 6.9, showing the symmetric test setup.
The complete span between supports was 4.2m. The load Pc was applied mainly through
two jacks near mid-span, with the forces given in Table 6.1. Two additional jacks Pe at
the ends of the cantilevers (Position a) were used to attempt to maintain zero rotation at
the supports throughout the test. In order to control lateral buckling and twisting of the
beam during heating, a stabilising system was set up at the point of contraflexure
(indicated as e). The connection details are shown in Figure 6.10. The distinction
between the partial-strength (Test 2) and full-strength (Test 3 and 4) connections rests
primarily on the number of bolts in the beam flanges.
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
161
Figure 6.9 The symmetric test setup
Figure 6.10 Connection details for (a) Test 2 (b) Tests 3 and 4
6.4.1. Material properties
Details of the material properties and section of the structural member are given in Table
6.2. The yield and ultimate stresses were measured from tensile coupon tests from the test
specimens, with nominal grades of SN 400B for the beam and F10T for the bolts,
according to the Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS, 2008). The degradation of strength of
the structural members was based on the reduction factors defined from the experimental
results depicted in Figure 6.11 for SN 400B and F10T. These are compared with
recommendations of EC3-1-2 (CEN, 2005a). It can be observed that the experimental
reduction curve employed is more pronounced in the early heating stage, whilst at higher
temperatures it follows closely the EC3 curve. The details of the material properties
measured from the coupon tests on the steel and bolts are given in Table 6.3 and Table
6.4 respectively.
60 4
0
60
60
40
26
0m
m
40 40
10
40 40
60 4
0
60
60
40
26
0m
m
40 60 40 40 60 40
290mm
10
170mm (a) (b)
400 1000 400 4200 250 450 1150
b c d e f e a d c b a
Dh1
Dh2
D4 D3 D2 D1
D2 D3 D4
1000 250 450 1150
Pe Pc
Loading Frame
Insulation
board Support
Load cell
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
162
Table 6.2 Section properties of structural members.
Sections Dimensions(mm)
Yield
Stress, fy
(N/mm2)
Tensile
strength, fu
(N/mm2)
Elongat
ion (%)
Beam I-section steel beam 350 × 175 × 11 × 7 308 446 31
Cover
plates
Flange (Test 2) 170 × 175 × 9.0
170×70 × 9.0
393 456 28
Web (Test 2) 260 × 170 × 6.0 *
Flange (Tests 3 & 4) 290 × 175 × 9.0
290 × 70 × 9.0
Web (Tests 3 & 4) 260 × 170 × 6.0 *
Bolt Flange 16 × 60 1043 1083 19
Web 16 × 55 1019 1057 19
* Coupon tests were only performed on 9mm plate; assumed the same for 6mm plate.
Figure 6.11 Strength reduction factors for a) SN 400B steel b) F10T bolts.
Table 6.3 Material properties of steel grade SN 400B
,aE ,pf ,yf ,y ,uf ,u
[°C] [N/mm2] [N/mm
2] [N/mm
2] [N/mm
2]
0 205000 282 292 0.01 446 0.15
100 205000 269 282 0.01 444 0.15
200 184500 267 285 0.01 522 0.15
300 164000 209 268 0.01 515 0.15
400 143500 181 246 0.01 423 0.15
500 123000 160 206 0.01 296 0.15
600 63550 109 122 0.01 166 0.15
700 26650 62 64 0.01 84 0.15
800 18450 33 37 0.01 55 0.15
900 13940 9 14 0.01 19 0.15
1000 9225 6 9 0.01 14 0.15
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Red
uct
ion
fac
tor
ky,θ
Temperature [ C]
TEST
CEN(2005b)
AIJ(2008)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Red
uct
ion
fac
tor
kb
,θ
Temperature [ C]
TEST
CEN(2005b)
AIJ (2008)
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
163
Table 6.4 Material properties of bolts (F10T)
,aE ,pf ,yf ,y ,uf ,u
[°C] [N/mm2] [N/mm
2] [N/mm
2] [N/mm
2]
0 205000 1110 1168 0.04 1178 0.2
100 205000 950 1070 0.04 1080 0.2
200 184500 950 1125 0.04 1135 0.2
300 164000 910 1086 0.04 1096 0.2
400 143500 689 776 0.03 786 0.2
500 123000 416 500 0.02 510 0.3
600 63550 209 259 0.02 269 0.6
700 26650 62 125 0.02 135 0.8
800 18450 57.9 67 0.02 77 0.8
900 13940 28.5 33 0.02 43 0.8
1000 9225 0.8 1 0.02 6 0.8
6.4.2. Temperature distribution
The furnace fire curve adopted in the test was the ISO 834 (ISO834, 1975) standard fire
heating curve, shown in Figure 6.12 for Test 3. This fire protection was varied between
zones along the beam, resulting in a differential temperature distribution. The different
zones of fire protection are denoted as a to f in Figure 6.9.
Figure 6.12 ISO 834 Temperature curve for Test 3
The temperature details of four zones; mid-span, support, joint and in between joint and
support, are shown in Figure 6.13-Figure 6.16, corresponding to their insulation details.
The thermal gradients across the beam depth, however, were caused by the presence of
the 100mm thick ALC (autoclaved lightweight concrete) panel, supported on the upper
flange, which resulted in about 160°C temperature difference between the bottom and top
flanges at 60 minutes. To represent the shielding and heat-sink effects of a normal-weight
concrete slab on the top flange temperature in more realistic construction, a ceramic fibre
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
0 30 60 90 120 150
Tem
per
ature
( )
Time(min)
ISO 834
Temperature
curve
Heating
stopped
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
164
blanket (130 kg/m3 at 12.5mm thickness), with fire resistance rating of about 1 hour, was
used to provide some insulation to the top flange of the beam. The average temperatures
measured in the test at the positions; support, mid-span and joint, are shown in Figure
6.17.
At point f
Additional layer of 12.5mm
fire protection covering the
whole section
Figure 6.13 Fire protection scheme on mid-span section.
At point c
Additional layer of 12.5mm
protection applied on the
bottom section.
Figure 6.14 Fire protection scheme on support section.
At point d
Nominal fire protection
Figure 6.15 Fire protection scheme at joint section.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
0 50 100 150
Tem
per
ature
( C
)
Time (min)
MID-SPAN Mid-1
Mid-2
Mid-3
Mid-4
Mid-5
Mid-6
0
200
400
600
800
0 50 100 150
Tem
per
ature
( C
)
Time (min)
SUPPORT Sup-1
Sup-2
Sup-3
Sup-4
Sup-5
Sup-6
0
200
400
600
800
0 50 100 150
Tem
per
ature
( C
)
Time (min)
JOINT Joi-1
Joi-2
Joi-3
Joi-4
Joi-5
Joi-6
① ② ③
④ ⑤ ⑥
② ① ③
④ ⑤ ⑥
① ②
③
④ ⑤ ⑥
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
165
At point e
Additional layer of 12.5mm
fire protection covering the
whole section
Figure 6.16 Fire protection scheme on section between joint and mid-span.
Figure 6.17 Average temperatures at position (a) support (b) mid-span (c) joint
6.5. Implementation in Vulcan
The implementation in Vulcan of the component method to the beam-splice connection
arrangement follows the splice connection design; which requires that the beam flanges
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
0 50 100 150
Tem
per
ature
( C
)
Time (min)
JOINT-MIDSPAN
Joi-Mid-3
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
0 30 60 90 120 150
Tem
per
atu
re (
°C)
Time (min)
Test 2
Test 4
Test 3
(b) MID-SPAN
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
0 30 60 90 120 150 Time (min)
Tem
per
atu
re (
°C)
Test 2
Test 4
Test 3
(a) SUPPORT
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
0 30 60 90 120 150
Tem
per
atu
re (
°C)
Time (min)
Test 2
Test 3
Test 4
(c) JOINT
③
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
166
must transmit both applied moments and shear acting in either direction. The transverse
shear however, is fully resisted by the web plate and uniformly distributed across the web
bolts which are equally spaced.
In this experiment, the beam splice connection utilises double-lap splice-plates on either
side of the beam flange or web, with a double column of bolts (Figure 6.18a) for Tests 3
and 4. The component model incorporates this arrangement so that the displacements of
these bolts are added in parallel for each bolt row (Figure 6.18b), and therefore the
relative displacements are considered for these bolts. For the case where a single-column
bolt row was defined (Test 2), the spring model is simply reduced according to the
number of bolts. A highly simplified component arrangement is shown in Figure 6.18d,
which consists of two springs in series representing the bolts on the connected beams,
without friction.
Figure 6.18 Simplified component model arrangement for double-splice butt-joint
The simplified arrangement can now be assembled as a complete structural component.
Figure 6.19 illustrates the positions of the assembled components which connect the
beams to one another. The component model representing the beam splice connection is
shown in a zero-length region.
F F
δ
(a) Double-splice butt-joint
(b) Component-model for double-splice butt-joint
One bolt
F F
δ δ
(c) Simplified butt-joint
Two bolts in parallel
(d) Simplified component model
F
F F
δ
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
167
Figure 6.19 Arrangement of one bolt row component model in beam splice connection.
0mm
Row n
V
M
N N V
M
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
168
Essentially, the springs in a bolt row are set-up in series, representing a web bolt row on
either side of the beam gap with net stiffness klap,n. The index ‘lap’ refers to a single bolt
row, which can be extended to multiple (n) bolt rows. In order to include the effect of the
friction between the double plates, a parallel friction spring is added to each bolt-lap
spring, represented by stiffness kslip,n. The upper and lower beam flange springs, kbf,
upper/lower account for both positive compressive contact between the beam flanges and the
tensile behaviour of the flange bolt rows, including friction.
The complete arrangement of the component model for the beam splice connection
adopted in the experiment is illustrated in Figure 6.20. The springs on the top (kbf,1)and
bottom (kbf,2) beam flanges include either two or four bolts on either side of the gap
between the connected beam, whilst on the beam web each spring includes two bolts for
each bolt row. The springs correspond to the defined number of bolt rows in the test, of
which there were four, (kw,1-kw,4). In addition to the bolt components, the lower beam
flange spring also takes into account any occurrence of large rotation in the beam. A
compressive lower spring component is activated once the clearance gap between the
connected lower flanges has nearly closed, indicating that positive contact is in the
process of being made, due to large change of rotation between the beam
ends.
Figure 6.20 Component-based model arrangement in Vulcan. (Note that u1 is the relative
mean displacement across the whole connection).
6.5.1. Individual component spring characteristic
The identification of active components in the beam splice connection has been explained
in the previous section. The essential element in the framework of the component model
is the nonlinear spring characterisation of the individual components, whose
characteristics will be shown. The temperature-dependent springs defined in this
experiment follow the spring characteristics explained in Chapter 3 for the components;
0mm
θ u
θ
w
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
169
plate in bearing, bolt shearing and friction. The force-displacement characteristics given
in Figure 6.21- Figure 6.25 define the components of the various parts of the beam splice.
Figure 6.21 Tensile force-displacement characteristic for cover plate and beam flange in
bearing.
Figure 6.22 Tensile force-displacement characteristic for cover plate and beam web in
bearing.
Figure 6.23 Compressive force-displacement characteristic for cover plate and beam
flange in bearing.
0
100
200
300
400
0 10 20 30 40 50
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Cover plate (flange) in bearing
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 10 20 30 40 50
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Beam flange in bearing
T = 20 C T = 100 C T = 200 C T = 300 C
T = 400 C T = 500 C T = 600 C T = 700 C
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 10 20 30 40 50
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Cover plate (web) in bearing
0
50
100
150
0 10 20 30 40 50
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Beam web in bearing
-400
-300
-200
-100
0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Cover plate (flange) in bearing -250
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Beam flange in bearing
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
170
Figure 6.24 Compressive force-displacement characteristic for cover plate and beam web
in bearing.
The tensile and compressive plate bearing components are detailed for both the cover
plate and the beam web, with different thicknesses of 11mm and 9mm respectively. The
limiting parameter for ultimate yielding in plate bearing under tension is the end distance
of the cover plate, which in this test was equal to 40mm.
For the bolt shearing component, the limiting parameter for the ultimate bolt
displacement is the bolt diameter, which was 16mm in the tests. When the maximum
resistance of the bolt shearing component is reached, shearing beyond this displacement
is calculated with respect to the residual area of the bolt. Therefore, total shear failure of
the bolt is defined when the displacement is equal to the diameter of the bolt.
Figure 6.25 Tensile and compressive force-displacement characteristic bolt shearing
component.
-250
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Cover plate (web) in bearing -150
-100
-50
0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Beam web in bearing
T = 20 C T = 100 C T = 200 C T = 300 C
T = 400 C T = 500 C T = 600 C T = 700 C
0
50
100
150
200
0 5 10 15 20
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
-20 -15 -10 -5 0
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
T = 20 C T = 100 C T = 200 C T = 300 C
T = 400 C T = 500 C T = 600 C T = 700 C
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
171
6.6. Component model validation
The component model incorporated in Vulcan represents the beam-to-beam experimental
setup, with the real boundary conditions of the test. In the model, full rotational restraint
is provided at the support to simulate the constant zero rotation which is maintained
during the tests. An “axis of symmetry” boundary condition is applied at the right-hand
end of the model (Position f), to represent the mirror-image arrangement of the right-hand
half of the beam arrangement. The three tests conducted are examined here in terms of
the deflection at mid-span, and the distribution of bending moment at several main
positions along the beam, with respect to temperature increase. The temperature axis
shows the mean temperature in the section at the mid-span of the beam. In these graphs
the dotted lines indicate the test results, while the full lines are the analytical results using
the component models for the splice connections.
6.6.1. Deflection at mid-span
In general, very reasonable agreement can be seen between the tests and the analytical
models using the component elements, in terms of the mid-span deflection. The
component models generally exhibit a similar loading pattern, with large deformation
forming a plastic hinge, which eventually fails in a ‘runaway’ stage (Figure 6.26-Figure
6.28). The bending moment is carried mainly by the flanges, and so the number of bolts
in each flange splice is a major influence on the connection strength. The term ‘failure’ in
this model can be defined as either the occurrence of beam failure by runaway, or the
fracture of any component the connection. In the early heating stage, the forces in the
bolts are transferred primarily by frictional resistance until the slip resistance is exceeded,
when slip occurs. The forces are then resisted by the bearing and shear characteristics of
the bolt component assembly.
In Test 2, a significant rotation caused a very obvious bearing contact of the lower beam
flanges at a beam temperature of 713.5°C. In this test the failure of the beam caused
considerable shearing deformation of the bolts through the beam upper flange, followed
by large bearing deformation of the beam web’s tension zone. With increased numbers of
bolts in the beam flanges (Test 3), the failure of the beam was delayed slightly, to the
higher temperature of 725.5°C. After positive contact between the lower beam flanges
was made, at high rotation, they experienced a high compressive force, which
subsequently generated higher bolt deformation in the upper beam flange due to this
lowering of the centre of rotation at the connection. The beam specimen in Test 4 failed at
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
172
a critical temperature of 818°C, at only half the loading of Test 3. This arrangement
experienced a much larger mid-span deflection because of the higher temperature, and the
connection components were more highly deformed.
Figure 6.26 Mid-span deflection of Test 2
Figure 6.27 Mid-span deflection of Test 3
0
50
100
150
200
0 200 400 600 800
Def
lect
ion
(m
m)
Temperature (°C)
COMP MODEL
TEST
0
50
100
150
200
0 200 400 600 800
Def
lect
ion
(m
m)
Temperature (°C)
COMP MODEL
TEST
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
173
Figure 6.28 Mid-span deflection of Test 4
6.6.2. Moment distribution
The variation of bending moment at three different positions along the beam span is
depicted in Figure 6.30-Figure 6.322 for each of the three tests; the positions are shown
on Figure 6.29. The legend CM-3(c) indicates the component model for a given Test
number, for three positions; c for support, d for joint and f for mid-span. The analytical
results at the other positions provide a general view of the change of bending moment at
the joint and mid-span during the transient heating. The fixed-end bending moment at the
support location (Position c) is directly comparable to the test measurement, which is
shown for two cases; ‘actual’ and ‘error’. The ‘error’ case accounts for the error made
during the initial set-up of these experiments, which caused the initial moment to be 25%
larger than the theoretical value of 120.8kNm.
The discrepancy shown between the analytical and test results for all tests at the support
was mainly due to this error, which generated a lower moment within the component
model at the initial loading stage. This accounts for the difference between the results of
the test and the component model. It also contributes to the small difference in deflection
at ambient temperature. During the tests, it was intended to keep the beam rotation at the
support constant at zero, using the loading jack Pe. However, it was later observed that
0
50
100
150
200
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Def
lect
ion
(m
m)
Temperature (°C)
COMP MODEL
TEST
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
174
this initial rotation had actually been approximately 0.0023 radian, and this value was
used throughout the tests.
The hogging moment measure in the test was measured from the reaction force at the load
cell positioned at the end of the beam test specimen (Figure 6.9). The gradual increase of
the moment during early stage of heating is due to the thermal gradient across the beam
section. Essentially, the hogging bending strains induced by rotational restraint at the
beam support have to counteract the thermal strains due to the temperature gradient
through the section depth. This leads to the formation of a large hogging moment across
the span during heating which counteracts the thermal bowing of the beam. In the case
where the section temperature gradient is higher, a larger hogging moment is formed.
This is consistent with the sectional temperature data shown in Section 6.4.2.
Subsequently, as the thermal gradient reduces, the additional hogging moment also
decreases.
Figure 6.29 Positions at which moments are plotted in Figures 6.30-6.32
b c d e f a
CM-n(c)-support
CM-n(d)-joint
CM-n(f)-mid-span
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
175
Figure 6.30 Moment distribution along the beam
for Test 2
Figure 6.31 Moment distribution along the beam
for Test 3
Figure 6.32 Moment distribution along the beam for
Test 4
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 200 400 600 800
Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Temperature ( C)
Error-CM-2(c) Actual-CM-2(c)
TEST 2
TEST 2
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 200 400 600 800
Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Temperature ( C)
Error-CM-3(c) Actual-CM-3(c)
TEST 3
TEST 3
-50
0
50
100
150
200
0 500 1000
Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Temperature ( C)
Error-CM-4(c) Actual-CM-4(c)
TEST 4
TEST 4
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
0 200 400 600 800 Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Temperature ( C)
CM-2(d) CM-2(f)
TEST 2
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 200 400 600 800
Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Temperature ( C)
CM-3(f) CM-3(d)
TEST 3
-50
0
50
100
150
200
0 500 1000
Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Temperature ( C)
CM-4(d) CM-4(f)
TEST 4
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
176
6.6.3. Change of connection bolt axial forces and displacements
In this section, the change of individual bolt forces with temperature is detailed for only
Test 2. The force shown for each bolt row represents the total axial force transmitted
between the connected beams at this row, which has been simplified as an arrangement of
springs in series, as shown in Figure 6.18. In the beam splice connection, it is evident
from the graphs shown that the moment is mainly resisted by the flanges of the beam.
Most design recommendations (BCSA, 2002; AISC, 1999) assume that the flange splices
must carry all of the moment at the location of the flange splice. However, Green and
Kulak et al. (1987) found this to be a conservative assumption because the web splice
also has the capacity to transfer some of the moment, which is also verified here.
The axial forces for each row are shown in Figure 6.33, with increasing connection
temperatures. The axial force on each bolt row, produced by the bending moment,
increases proportionally with the distance of the bolt from the centreline of the splice
connection, which in this case coincides with the beam neutral axis. The critical bolts,
therefore, are those furthest away from this axis. In the region where both moment and
shear are present, it can be seen that both the bolts in the flange and the web carry
symmetric axial forces in the tension and compression zones. In general, the flange splice
forces (UP B/FL-1, UP B/FL-2, BOT B/FL-1 and BOT B/FL-2) follow a similar trend to
the bending moment curve. The axial force increases until the friction component enters
the ‘plateau’ region at Point 1, beyond which the reduction of the forces is more apparent.
This is consistent with the reduction of elastic modulus of the steel, which governs the
characteristics of the friction component. Although an increase of the web forces can be
observed, because of the proportion of the moment resisted by the flange splices is much
higher, the resistance reduction dictates the magnitude of the overall bolt forces. At Point
2, the friction forces on the bolts Web 1 and Web 4 enter the plateau phase, closely
followed by Web 2 and Web 3 at Point 3. The compressive beam flange (COMP B/FL)
force increases from temperature 579°C, initiated by the positive contact made by the
lower beam flanges.
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
177
Figure 6.33 Axial bolt-row forces on the beam splice connection
The forces on the flange splices are mainly resisted by the friction component (Figure
6.34) during the heating phase. This is due to the utilisation of high-strength friction grip
bolts in the splice connection, which define the behaviour of the connection as
predominantly a slip-critical joint. However, at later stages, the lap-jointed component
(plate bearing and bolt shear) starts to pick up strength as the frictional resistance reduces
with temperature. This explains the increasing bolt forces on the beam web at
temperatures beyond 517°C.
Figure 6.34 The friction and lap-joint forces on the flange splice.
-250
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 200 400 600
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Temperature ( C)
UP B/FL-1
UP B/FL-2
Web 1
Web 2
Web 3
Web 4
BOT B/FL-1
BOT B/FL-2
COMP B/FL
3 2 1 Web 1
Web 2
Web 3
Web 4
UP b/fl 1,2
BOT b/fl 1,2
-250
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 200 400 600
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Temperature ( C)
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
178
The displacements between the bolt components are shown in Figure 6.35. The
displacement of the bolt-row on the tensile beam flange is less than on the compressive
flange, due to the rotation of the beam which closes the gap between the lower beam
flanges. The contact made shifts the centre of rotation down to the lower beam flange
position. Thus, a slight decrease of the rate of displacement between the upper flanges
can be observed due to the increase of lever arm of the top bolts.
Figure 6.35 Bolt displacements on the beam splice connections
The behaviour of the flange splices is investigated further for Tests 2 and 3. In Test 3, the
bolts on the flange splice were doubled on either side of the beam gap. The force-
displacement relationships for the upper beam flange in the two tests are shown in Figure
6.36. Test 2 was designed as a partial-strength connection, with a capacity ratio
(connection moment capacity/beam moment capacity) of 0.73, whilst Test 3 had full
strength. When these two tests were subjected to the same loading of 122kN, the force
carried on the upper flange splice in Test 2 can be seen to be higher than that for Test 3.
From this graph, the displacement of the bolt progresses until it reaches a maximum of
12.1mm, when a residual 25% remains of the bolt diameter. This indicates that the bolts
are highly sheared, and failure due to upper plate distortion is unlikely (Figure 6.37a).
However, the case where the upper flange bolt breaks is badly represented by the
assumption of high ductility. If the solution process is able to deal with the negative
stiffness of the downhill component curves, simulating the actual bolt behaviour more
accurately (Figure 6.37b) is quite possible.
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
0 200 400 600
Dis
pla
cem
ent(
mm
)
Temperature ( C)
UP B/FL-1
UP B/FL-2
Web 1
Web 2
Web 3
Web 4
BOT B/FL-1
BOT B/FL-2
COMP B/FL
Tension
Compression
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
179
Figure 6.36 Comparison of predicted upper beam flange forces for Tests 2 and 3.
Figure 6.37 Bolt behaviour on upper flange splice.
6.6.4. Component characteristic
The key component governing the connection’s behaviour has been identified in the last
section as the friction component. Therefore, the influence of the friction component
characteristic will be further investigated both locally and globally. Three different
configurations of the friction component are defined (Figure 6.38), which can be
summarized as;
a) Frict-A: This friction characteristic has been adopted in this research. On loading
of the connection, the maximum resistance is immediately achieved at
approximately 10% of the displacement of the clearance gap between the bolt
hole and the bolt. Subsequently, it enters a brief ‘plateau’ stage and then reduces
its resistance gradually while slip is occurring.
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 5 10 15
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
Upper beam flange-1
Test 2
Test 3
Shear force
(b) Bolt breaking at Upper
flange in Test 2
Shear force
(a) Distortion of upper flange plate
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
180
b) Frict-B: Initial behaviour before slip follows the characteristic of Frict-A.
However, the maximum resistance is retained with no reduction after slip occurs.
c) Frict-C: This friction behaviour was proposed by Sarraj (2007b), using a
triangular characteristic which gradually increases until slip occurs. The
maximum resistance then reduces linearly to zero force.
Figure 6.38 Friction component (a) Frict-A; (b) Frict-B and (c) Frict-C.
The influence of the frictional behaviour is investigated for Test 3. Firstly, the mid-span
deflection of the tested beam is compared in Figure 6.39 using these three friction
characteristics. The deflection trends at mid-span for Frict-A and Frict-B are observed to
behave very similarly. Even the failure temperatures at maximum deflection only differ
by 2°C. However, more obvious deflection behaviour can be observed for Frict-C, which
generated approximately 9.5% higher deflection that the other two models during the
initial heating phase.
Figure 6.39 Mid-span deflection comparison for Test 3.
The resultant deflection trend can be explained further by showing the individual
component forces on the beam-splice connection. The axial bolt forces on the upper beam
flange for these friction cases are shown in Figure 6.40. For Frict-A and Frict-B, similar
behaviour is seen until the analysis stops. This is consistent with the upper flange bolt-
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
(a)
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
(b)
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Displacement (mm)
(c)
0
50
100
150
200
0 200 400 600 800
Def
lect
ion(m
m)
Temperature( C)
Frict-A
Frict-B
Frict-C
TEST 3
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
181
row behaviour explained in the previous section, which enters the plateau stage when its
force decreases. The individual behaviour of these two cases could not be captured, as
slip occurs at a very late stage of the analysis. More interesting are the bolt-row force
with the Frict-C model, which is evidently much lower, even though a relatively similar
pattern of behaviour is followed. This is consistent with the higher deflection at mid-span
of this model. Following the weakening of the steel, the initiation of force reduction can
be observed to be at approximately the same temperature.
Figure 6.40 Comparison of the bolt forces on upper flange splice.
The study of the friction component reflects the importance of friction on the slip-critical
behaviour of this type of beam-splice connection. All the friction models behave
adequately, with no occurrence of slip during the ambient-temperature serviceability
range.
6.6.5. End restraint of beams
Predicting the influence of end restraint of a beam under fire conditions is complex due to
the fire-induced forces developed during the course of heating. These fire-induced
restraint forces can influence the behaviour of the beam and consequently alter its failure
pattern. In practice beams are often designed as simply supported, even though their
physical connections are likely to provide significant end-fixity. This consideration can
be viewed as over-conservative and inaccurate, particularly for the case when structural
members are subjected to fire. This perspective was further reinforced during the
Cardington tests (Usmani, et al., 2001). The assessment of structural members in isolation
neglects the importance of structural continuity with adjacent members, providing axial
and rotational restraint to the beam. Significant internal stresses can develop due to
restraining the free thermal strain of a beam. Combined with high-temperatures in the
0
50
100
150
200
0 200 400 600 800
Up
per
Fla
nge
Fo
rce
(kN
)
Temperature ( C)
Frict-A
Frict-B
Frict-C
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
182
steel, these restraints may affect the fire resistance times of the beams, and consequently
the survival time of the overall structural frame.
The component model is used to investigate this effect, in the context of the beam-splice
connection tests, by changing the boundary conditions at the beam-end support positions.
A comparison of mid-span deflections, firstly for the cases with complete axial restraint
and with freedom to move axially, is shown in Figure 6.41-Figure 6.43, for each test
specimen. The legend CM-2-AX indicates results generated by the component model, for
Test 2 with axial restraint. The case with no axial restraint is indicated with NAX.
In general terms, axial restraint influences the deflection rate of the structural beam in
response to the developing fire. The trend shown in all the models is that the mid-span
deflection increases with time, but for the cases with axial restraint CM-2-AX, CM-3-AX
and CM-3-AX the deflection rate is more pronounced before failure of the beam. In the
early stages of fire exposure, thermal expansion strain is induced in the beam member;
this produces increased length, as well as curvature induced by the temperature gradient
across the section depth. Because of the translational restraint to thermal expansion at the
beam’s ends, the mean thermal strain in particular causes two effects; firstly an axial
force which causes some reduction of the net thermal strain, and secondly a lateral
curvature which allows the elongated length of the beam to fit between its original end
positions. Neither of these effects occur in the case where the ends are free to translate.
For Test 2 (Figure 6.41), in which a partial-strength splice connection is considered, the
deflection reached a limiting value at a much lower temperature (T = 640.5°C) than for
the equivalent full-strength connection (T=705°C). In the cases considered, the ultimate
capacities of the connections are hardly influenced by the initially high deflection rates
caused by axial restraint. However, a larger discrepancy is observed for the model (CM-
2-AX) with the partial-strength connection.
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
183
Figure 6.41 Partial-strength connection (Test 2)
Figure 6.42 Full-strength connection (Test 3)
Figure 6.43 Full-strength connection (Test 4)
0
100
200
300
0 200 400 600 800
Def
lect
ion (
mm
)
Temperature ( C)
TEST 2
CM-2-AX
CM-2-NAX
0
100
200
300
400
0 200 400 600 800
Def
lect
ion (
mm
)
Temperature ( C)
TEST 3
CM-3-AX
CM-3-NAX
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Def
lect
ion (
mm
)
Temperature ( C)
TEST 4
CM-4-AX
CM-4-NAX
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
184
Under fire exposure, the restrained beam produces a different internal response which can
be explained in stages. The initial development of axial force is due to resistance to the
thermal expansion strain, which results in high compressive stress. This force is
dominated by the almost-elastic response when the beam expands as a result of heating.
This force continues to increase until the net thermal lengthening of the beam is
overtaken by the net shortening due to increased curvature as the beam loses bending
strength. As the temperature increases, the weakening of the steel causes an increased rate
of mid-span deflection. The compressive axial force gradually changes to tension until the
connection fails. If no failure occurs in the connection, the beam enters its catenary phase
in which tensile force develops in the beam and the load-bearing mechanism changes to a
cable-like one, until failure occurs in either the beam or its connections.
Figure 6.44 Axial forces for the case with end restraint.
6.6.6. Position of connection with respect to the beam
Current recommendations for design of splice connections include the principle that the
flange splices must be capable of carrying all of the bending moment at the location of
the splice. Although the design guides (BCSA, 2002; AISC, 2005) enforce no limitation
on the location of the splice connection, it is recommended that the beam web-splice
should have enough strength to resist the shear force at the position of the splice, when it
is located at the contraflexure point. This is because the contraflexure point migrates as
the applied load changes during the life of the structure (Ibrahim, 1995; Astaneh, 2005). It
may be necessary to rely on the flanges to make a contribution when there is a different
relationship between the shear force and bending moment at the connection. However,
this assumption is considered to be conservative, as the web splice also has the capacity
to transfer some moment. The shear capacity of a beam splice reduces if the web is
-1500
-1000
-500
0
500
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Axia
l F
orc
e (k
N)
Temperature( C)
Test 2
Test 3
Test 4
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
185
required to carry moment in addition to the shear (Green and Kulak, 1987). Therefore, the
influence of positioning the splice connection in a region where both shear and moment
are present under normal conditions is investigated in this section. Possible locations of
the beam splice connection along the beam are shown in Figure 6.45, including the
position of the contraflexure point (Lc-3) and the actual position of the connection in the
tests.
Figure 6.45 Positions of connection along the beam span
The moments generated at these connection positions are plotted (Figure 6.46-Figure
6.48) based on the moments on the support, joint and mid-span zones. At Lc-1, the
moment in the connection is highest, reaching 171kNm. At this point, the moment is
combined with shear at the connection. Similar force combinations are also identified at
position Lc-2 (The actual test connection position), but with much lower moment and the
same magnitude of shear force. The critical temperatures at which the connection failure
occurs for the case with the highest moment are the lowest, at 719.25°C. This is because
the moment imposed on the connection induces large axial forces on the flange splices,
and therefore decreases the failure temperature of the connection.
Position Lc-3 indicates the contraflexure point, for which the initial moment is nearly
zero. However, during the heating phase the moment increases due to the temperature
gradient across the cross-section, and to the rotational restraint at the support. The critical
temperature is increased when the connection is subjected to high shear force and low
bending moment. This suggests that the flange splices have not reached their maximum
b c d e f a
74kNm
120.84kN
m
Lc -1 = 225mm
Lc -2 = 450mm
Lc -3 = 990.6mm
Lc - 4 = 1325mm
Lc -1 Lc -3 Lc -4
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
186
capacity, thus allowing a longer survival time with lower moment. At Lc-4, the
connection is subjected to pure sagging moment.
Figure 6.46 Bending Moment in connection for various connection positions
Figure 6.47 End moment at support for various connection positions
Figure 6.48 Bending moment at mid-span for various connection positions
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Temperature ( C)
Lconn-1 Lconn-2 Lconn-3 Lconn-4
0
50
100
150
200
250
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Temperature ( C)
Lsupp-1 Lsupp-2
Lsupp-3 Lsupp-4
-100
-80
-60
-40
-20
0
20
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Mo
men
t (k
Nm
)
Temperature ( C)
Lmid-1 Lmid-2 Lmid-3 Lmid-4
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
187
The behaviour of the splice can be described in terms of the adequacy of moment
resistance of the flanges. When the flanges can carry the total applied moment, the beam
and the splice will initially deform elastically with no relative displacement between
them. The web splice also makes an elastic contribution to the bending moment and the
applied shear. However, when the moment in the flange has reached its capacity as a slip-
critical connection, the flange plates will then slip. The web splice prevents the beam
undergoing any vertical slip deformation at this point. When the applied shear exceeds
the slipping shear capacity of the web bolts, major slip will occur. This indicates that,
with further loading, the beam will undergo some vertical slip at the location of the flange
splice (explained with Figure 6.37).
The load-carrying capacity of the flange splices is reduced in the presence of shear force.
In addition to this reduced capacity, if the connection is positioned in a region where the
bolt forces due to shear are comparable to those due to moment, the bending capacity is
further decreased. This is evident in the failure of WTC 5 building, for which the failure
of column-tree connections appeared to be due to combinations of vertical shear together
with tensile forces resulting from catenary sagging of the beams. The existence of high
shear load was attributable to the loads from collapsing upper floors.
6.7. Summary
A practical model for beam-splice connections has been developed for analysis of the
global behaviour of frames in fire. This has been shown to give good comparison with the
experimental data from three large-scale furnace tests. It can be seen that the rotational
behaviour and moment capacity of the connection depend essentially on its detailing,
particularly on the numbers of high-strength bolts used and the frictional resistance which
they generate. The partial-strength connection model of Test 2 managed to achieve a
fairly similar fire resistance, in terms of both temperature and time, to the full-strength
Test 3. The full-strength connection (Tests 3 and 4) is not the critical part of the beam at
ambient temperature, and plastic hinges should occur in the I-section instead. The use of
high-strength preloaded bolts dominates the load path of the splice connection, by
generating frictional resistance through the specified tensions in the bolts. At high
temperature, the contact pressures of the bolts are reduced, causing a reduction of the
friction resistance; it has been assumed here that the bolts remain in elastic tension, and
so the reduction of friction is controlled by the steel modulus reduction factor. This is
clearly a simplification of a combination of factors which affect the frictional resistance,
but seems adequate. When frictional resistance has been sufficiently dissipated, the bolts
Chapter 6: Component-based model for moment resisting beam-splice connection
188
begin to function as bearing bolts, and this may allow the connection to become the
critical part of the beam. The component-based model shows that the way the frictional
resistance degrades at elevated temperatures highly influences the overall response of the
splice connection, compared with its ambient-temperature performance. The component-
based methodology provides sufficient flexibility to allow realistic modelling of such
interactions between individual components within connections of this type.
Chapter 7: Conclusion and Recommendations
189
7. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Over the past three decades, structural steel connection design has been extensively
investigated, particularly with reference to their moment-rotation characteristics. The
assessment of connection response based on the realistic modelling of actual
characteristics has generated much interest, because of the enhanced structural
performance which they give compared with the traditional idealised connection
characteristics at elevated temperatures. Such information is needed by the growing
library of computational tools in order to make them independent of the availability of
test data. From the structural fire engineering perspective, designing for robust
connections is more justifiable and rational than prescribing unnecessary fire protection
for the connections. With the aim of achieving more robust connection design, a large
variety of possible connection details can be investigated in an attempt to enhance the
integrity of whole structures in fire.
7.1. Summary of the completed works
Fin-plate connections possess limited strength and stiffness, regardless of their practical
advantages in steel building constructions. The desirable characteristics of this connection
type concern its ability to act as a pin while transferring the end shear reaction of a beam
to its support without generating any large moments. In many cases, axial force is also
present in the connection, and this effect is further aggravated when subjected to elevated
temperatures. The limited performance of this type of connection can be enhanced by
ensuring that it has sufficient ductility at the fire limit state. Thus, the ductility of this
connection type has been a key feature of this thesis. The primary objective of the
research has been to facilitate the inclusion of the fin-plate connection’s joint behaviour
into global structural analysis as part of the performance-based structural fire engineering
design, in the framework of a component-based approach. The implementation of this
approach can be detailed in three successive stages, described in the following sections.
7.1.1. Characterisation of the component’s elements
This initial stage gives an overview fundamental behaviour of the fin-plate connections.
The identification of the component element has been derived on the basis of its
behaviour as an isolated connection, concentrating on the bolted lap-joint as its simplest
form. The active components of a fin-plate connection include the bearing and frictional
behaviour of the plates, as well as shearing of the bolts. The principles and calculation
Chapter 7: Conclusion and Recommendations
190
procedure of these individual components have been described from previous
experimental studies, and compared against the recommended design procedures of the
Eurocodes and AISC.
The characteristic of the components determine the overall capacity of the connection.
While most previous researches have defined the maximum resistance of these
components, only a few have performed thorough investigations of the failure
characteristics. It is of importance to establish sufficient ductility of the whole connection
behaviour, maximising the contribution of each component. The characteristics described
for each component therefore incorporate its ‘down-hill’ behaviour, extending beyond the
maximum force capacity. The plate bearing deformation capacity is controlled by its end
distance. However, for the bolt shearing component, the bolt diameter determines its
deformation capacity.
Previous researchers (Rex and Easterling, 2003; Sarraj, 2007b) have under-estimated the
effect of frictional behaviour in the plates. This is supported by experimental evidence
from Yu et al. (2009) and Hirashima et al. (2010), which have shown significant
influence of the plate friction particularly during the initial stage of loading. The friction
characteristic has been simulated, and validated against experimental results.
The main concern in at this initial stage was the representation of the behaviour of the
identified components. While the desirable failure mode recommended in the design
guide is yielding of the plates, there are cases where a weaker bolt dominates the failure
of the connection. The behaviour of bolts at high temperatures also suggests that they
may perform in more ductile manner in fire.
7.1.2. Development of the fin-plate connection component method
The mechanical model for fin-plate connections involves an assembly process for the
identified components, as part of the main component of a bolt row. The individual
components are represented by nonlinear spring elements in series, and these are then
combined into one effective spring. The maximum resistance of this spring is determined
by the weakest component in this series. The assembly can be developed to include
multiple-bolt-row cases, in which the effective bolt row spring will be multiplied
accordingly. Additional vertical spring has also been considered, which was postulated to
be fairly rigid by previous research (Block, 2006; Hu, 2009).
Chapter 7: Conclusion and Recommendations
191
The developed component model has been successfully incorporated into the finite
element software Vulcan. The implementation of the component model requires the
stiffness matrix of the spring elements to be derived, and this has been validated against
simple hand calculation. In the course of a fire, internal force reversal has been
considered by including the loading-unloading stage. During this development, the
primary points found were;
The classic Masing rule can be applied to describe the unloading behaviour of the
connection element. However, modifications have to be made when considering
the critical slip behaviour of bolts in fin-plate connections.
The ‘reference point’ concept adopted to represent the permanent deformations of
the components is justifiable, and is particularly useful when dealing with the
permanent deformations at changing temperatures.
With the addition of the vertical component to the component model, it has been possible
to investigate the influence of combined forces acting on individual bolt rows. The
capacity of a bolt is assumed to be reduced in the presence of a vertical component.
However, validating the combined case against actual experimental tests has so far shown
insignificant reduction of the bolt capacity.
7.1.3. Application of the fin-plate component model
As the developed component model was derived on the basis of the basic behaviour of a
bolted lap-joint in isolation, the model has been further extended to use in a moment-
resisting connection. Using similar loading approach, the component model has been
successfully implemented for beam-to-beam beam splice connection.
The developed component model has been validated against experimental data, and
compares well for most cases. The importance of the combination effect of the tying force
and shear force has been investigated, both on the whole connection and individual
elements. While certain limitations still exist, because of the nature of conventional quasi-
static analysis, the component model has been able to generate very reasonable
predictions of the connection response. This has been possible to perform such analysis
using the postulated high-ductility behaviour of individual components of the connection.
From the parametric studies, the use of higher property class bolts generally increases the
capacity of the connection, particularly at high temperatures. Although the strength the
bolt reduced with increasing temperature, the bolt behaves in a more ductile manner as
Chapter 7: Conclusion and Recommendations
192
the steel becomes softer, thus increasing its ductility when exposed to high temperatures.
The effect of utilising an M24 bolt increases the connection capacity by 20% compared
with that given using M20 bolts for ambient temperature. Conversely, for elevated
temperature, a significant increase of the connection resistance has been observed,
reaching an enhancement of 92% at temperature 550°C. For varying bolt properties, the
increase of connection resistance followed a similar pattern to that using larger bolt
diameters. The maximum resistance when using bolt Grade 10.9 increases by
approximately 15% as compared with that of Grade 8.8 at ambient temperature and 45%
at elevated temperature. In all cases, bolt shear fracture tends to govern the failure of fin
plate connections at elevated temperatures.
In terms of fin-plate beam-column connections, the maximum resistance of the
connection can be achieved by arranging the connection as close as possible to the upper
beam flange. Moving the connection downward, towards the neutral axis, causes a
reduction of the connection resistance. However, it is observed that the rotational ductility
of the connection increases as the fin-plate is moved towards the beam’s centreline.
A study on connection behaviour in beam-column sub-frame has also been performed,
which was motivated by the known fact that the connection performance may be
enhanced by the structural continuity provided by adjacent beams, columns and floor
slabs. The connection element appears to behave logically when exposed to the
combination of bending, shear and axial force during the heating phase.
The developed component model has all the properties necessary to predict realistic
connection behaviour, both in isolation and in global frame analysis. The successful
application of the component model to different types of connections establishes the
versatility and reliability of this approach to represent the behaviour of connections at
ambient and elevated temperatures.
7.2. Recommendation for further work
Some relevant issues have been identified during this research that could possibly set
directions to further improvements to the developed component model for fin-plate
connections. These gaps and shortfalls mainly concern knowledge about connection
behaviour in fire, particularly on the characteristics of the connection elements, which
could not be properly addressed due to limited time and resources.
Chapter 7: Conclusion and Recommendations
193
7.2.1. Component detailing
a) Available resources on the design details for bolt shear characteristics in fire
condition are scarce, particularly on double columns of bolts. Therefore, an
extension of research on this behaviour could produce additional evaluation data for
the proposed bolt-shear component.
b) The fin-plate weld on beam-to-column connections has been designed to avoid
failure according to design recommendation by the Eurocodes. However, brittle
failure caused by an “unzipping” action of the weld could cause premature failure of
the beam connection. Although there is a slim chances of this failure occurring for
normal details, but evidence of failures in the Cardington test and Wald (2005) test
show that it can happen in fire conditions.
7.2.2. Overall connection response
a) The currently developed model has defined the vertical shear component according
to a characterisation similar to the horizontal component. Consideration of the
possibility of the occurrence of vertical bolt tear-out failure, in the case of inadequate
bolt-pitch distance has been ignored. Thus, an improved and more detailed vertical
shear component is needed to enhance the model.
b) The effect of the shear deformation of the beam-end shear panel can influence the
connection either positively or negatively. Considering a frame in fire, some shear
yielding of the shear panel zones of beams can relieve the amount of plastic
deformation that must be accommodated in other regions of the frame. This happens
when the inelastic deformation of the connection when yielding is balanced between
the panel zone and other connection elements. Conversely, excessive shear
deformation of the panel zone may induce large secondary stresses into connections,
which may degrade their performance; increasing the force on the top bolt row, and
cause undesirable failure. Incorporating this effect would require a separate
component model for the shear panel, in addition to the existing model. This study
will necessarily enhance the understanding of fin-plate connection performance
coupled with that of the connected structural members.
c) Influence of composite action
Inclusion of details of the composite action between the beam and the slab may
be of great benefit in optimising the overall response of connection. For
Chapter 7: Conclusion and Recommendations
194
example, it may delay the compressive contact of the lower beam flange and
column face.
Further extension of the component model to include the concrete slab in a
composite connection could enable more realistic modelling of the general
behaviour of composite buildings.
In parallel to this research, experimental tests on the concrete-filled tubular
columns utilising fin-plate connection have been conducted at the University of
Sheffield. They have extra flexibility because of their welding to the column
wall. Hence, another area of work should be considered and performed on fin-
plate connections.
7.3. Concluding remark
A component-based connection model has been shown to allow the behaviour of
connections to be included in practical global thermo-structural analysis, provided that
knowledge about the characteristics of key components is available from test data,
numerical simulation or analytical models. At this stage, a component model for fin-plate
connections has been developed, and successfully incorporated in Vulcan. The stiffness
matrix of the model has been derived to generate the connection’s response to
combinations of forces and displacements, and has subsequently been validated both at
ambient and elevated temperatures. This component model, when embedded in Vulcan,
allows direct analysis of whole structures or large substructures in fire, including of the
interactions between realistic connection behaviour and that of the adjacent structural
members.
A major modification to the model, which helps it to represent the real situation in fire,
allows the lower beam flange to come into contact with the column face when the
connection has undergone large rotation, sometimes in combination with either
compressive of tensile beam axial force. It has been found that the complex nature of load
reversal during a fire can be represented by adapting the Masing Rule, but with
modification of the initial slip phase to account for the case where bolt hole diameter are
larger than those of the bolts. As part of the global structural assembly of beam-column
and connection elements, the component-based model guarantees that the connection
deformations are accounted for within the equilibrium of the whole assembly. This can be
beneficial not only in design but also with assisting in the interpretation of experimental
and analytical responses of connections within structures in fire.
References
195
REFERENCES
Aggarwal, A. K. and Coates, R. C., (1987). "Strength criteria for bolted beam-column
connections". Journal of Construction Steel Research, 7(3), pp. 213-227.
AISC, (1984). " Engineering for steel construction", American Institute of Steel
Construction, Chicago.
AISC, (1993). "Load and resistance factor design specification for structural steel
buildings". 2nd ed. American Institute of Steel Construction, Chicago.
AISC, (1999). "Load and resistance factor design specification for structural steel
buildings(LRFD)". American institute of Steel Construction, Chicago.
AISC, (2005a). "Steel Construction Manual". 13th ed. American Institute of Steel
Construction, Chicago.
AISC, (2006). "Manual of steel construction". American Institute of Steel Construction,
Chicago.
Al-Jabri, K. S., (1999). "The behaviour of steel and composite beam-to-column
connections in fire", PhD Thesis, University of Sheffield, UK.
Al-Jabri, K. S., Burgess, I. W. and Plank, R. J., (1997). "Behaviour of steel and composite
beam-to-column connections in fire", University of Sheffield, Research Report
DCSE/97/F/7, UK.
Anderberg, Y., (1988). "Modelling steel behaviour". Fire Safety Journal, 13(1), pp. 17-
26.
Ashakul, A., (2004). "Finite element analysis of single plate shear connections", PhD
Thesis, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. .
Astaneh, A., (1989a). "Demand and supply of ductility in steel shear connections".
Journal of Constructional Steel Research, 14(1), pp. 1-19.
Astaneh, A., Call, S. M. and McMullin, K. M., (1989b). "Design of single plate shear
connections". Engineering Journal, Volume First quarter, pp. 21-32.
Astaneh-Asl, A., (1997). "Seismic design of steel column-tree moment resisting frames",
Berkeley, USA: Steel Tips, University of California.
References
196
Astaneh, A. and McMullin, K. M., (2002). "Behaviour and design of single plate shear
connections". Journal of Constructional Steel Research, 58(5-8), pp. 1121-1141.
Astaneh, A., (2005). "Design of shear tab connections for gravity and seismic loads".
Steel Tips, University of California, Berkeley.
Azinamimi, A., Bradburn, J. H. and Radziminski, J. B., (1987). "Initial stiffness of semi-
rigid steel beam-to-column connections". Journal of Constructional Steel Research,
Volume 8, pp. 71-90.
Bailey, C. G., (1995). "Simulation of the structural behaviour of steel-framed buildings in
fire", UK: PhD Thesis, University of Sheffield.
Bailey, C. G., Burgess, I. W. and Plank, R. J., (1996). "Analyses of the effect of cooling
and fire spread on steel-framed building". Fire Safety Journal, Volume 26, pp. 273-293.
Bailey, C. G., (1999). "The behaviour of full-scaled steel framed buildings subjected to
compartment fires". The Structural Engineer, 77(8), pp. 15-21.
BCSA, (1991). "Joints in Simple Construction- Volume 1: Design methods (Second
Edition)". UK: The Steel Construction Institute.
BCSA, (2002). "Joints in steel construction: Moment connection", The Steel
Construction Institute, UK.
Block, F. M., (2006). "Development of component-based finite element for steel beam-to-
column connections at elevated temperatures", PhD Thesis, University of Sheffield, UK .
BSI, (2001). "BS 5950-1:2000 Structural use of steelwork in building, Part 1-Code of
practice for design: rolled and welded sections". British Standard Institution, UK.
Buchanan, A. H., (2002). "Structural design for Fire Safety". John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Burgess, I. W., (2002). "Fire resistance of framed buildings". Physics Education, 37(5),
pp. 290-399.
Burgess, I. W., (2008). " Design procedures for steel and composite joints in fire". Malta,
COST C26-WG1, Urban and Construction under Catastrophic Events.
Burgess, I. W., (2012). "Robustness in steel connections". Workshop IGF, FOrni di
Sopra, Italy.
References
197
Bwalya, A., Sultan, M. and Benichou, N., (2004). "A literature review of design fires for
Fire Safety Engineering". Toronto, CIB World Building Congress.
Cabrero, J. M. and Bayo, E., (2005). "Development of practical design methods for steel
structures with semi-rigid connections". Engineering Structures, 27(8), pp. 1125-1137.
Caccavale, S. E., (1975). "Ductility of single plate framing connections", Masters of
Science Thesis, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona..
CEN, (2002). "Eurocode 1: Actions on structures, Part 1-2: General Actions-Actions on
strutures exposed to fire". British Standard Institution, UK..
CEN, (2005a). "Eurocode 3:Design of steel structures, Part 1.2: General rules-Structural
fire design", British Standard Institution, UK..
CEN, (2005b). "Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures, Part 1.8: Design of joints",
British Standard Institution, UK.
CEN, (2005c). "Eurocode 4-Design of composite steel and concrete structures, Part 1-2:
General rules- Structural fire design". British Standard Institution, UK..
CEN, (2005d). "Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures, Part 1.1: General Rules". British
Standard Institution, UK..
CEN, (2008). Eurocode EN 1090-2: Requirement for the execution of steel structures.
British Standard Institution, UK..
Chen, W. F. and Lui, E. M., (1987). "Structural Stability: Theory and analysis of
nonlinear framed structures". Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Cooke, G. E., (1988). "An introduction to the mechanical properties of structural steel at
elevated temperature". Fire Safety Journal, Volume 13, pp. 45-54.
Creech, D. D., (2005). "Behaviour of single plate shear connections with rigid and
flexible supports", Master of Science Thesis, North Carolina State University.
Del Savio, A. A. et al., (2009). "Generalised component-based model for beam-to-column
connections including axial versus moment interaction". Journal of Constructional Steel
Research, 65(8-9), pp. 1876-1895.
References
198
El-Rimawi, J. A., Burgess, I. W. and Plank, R. J., (1996). "The treatment of strain
reversal in structral members during the cooling phase of a fire". Journal of
Constructional Steel Research, 37(2), pp. 115-135.
El-Salti, M. K., (1992). "Design of frames with partially restrained connections",
Tucson,USA: PhD Thesis, University of Arizona.
Ferrell, M. T., (2003). "Designing with single plate connections". Modern Steel
Construction.
Fisher, J. W., Galambos, T. V., Kulak, G. L. and Ravindra, M. K., (1978). "Load and
resistance factor design criteria for connectors". Journal of Structural Division , Volume
104, pp. 1427-1441.
Frank, K. H. and Yura, J. A., (1981). "An experimental study of bolted shear
connections", Austin: Technical Report, No FHWA/RD-81/148, University of Texas.
Franssen, J. M., (1990). "The unloading of building materials submitted to fire". Fire
Safety Journal, Volume 16, pp. 213-227.
Franssen, J. M., Kodur, V. and Zaharia, R., (2009). "Designing steel structures for fire
safety". ISBN 978-0-415-54828-1 ed. London, UK: Taylor&Francis Group.
Garlock, M. E., ASCE, M. and Selamet, S., (2010b). "Modelling and behaviour of steel
plate connections subject to various fire scenario". Journal of Structural Engineering,
136(7), pp. 897-906.
Gerstle, K. H., (1988). "Effect of connections on frames". Journal of Constructional Steel
Research, Volume 10, pp. 241-267.
Gillett, P. E., (1987). "Ductility and strength of single plate connections", PhD Thesis,
University of Arizona.
Green, D. L. and Kulak, G. L., (1987). "Design of web-flange beam or girder splices",
Alberta : Structural Engineering Report No. 148, University of Alberta.
Hayes, M. D., (2003). "Structural analysis of a pultruded composite beams: Stiffness
determination and strength and fatigue life prediction", Blacksburg, Virginia: PhD
Thesis, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
References
199
Hicks, S. J. and Newman, G. M., (2002). "Design guide for concrete filled columns". UK:
Corus Tubes.
Hirashima, T. et al., (2007). "Experimental study on shear deformation behaviour of high
strength bolts at elevated temperature". Journal of Structural and Construction
Engineering (In Japanese) , Volume 621, pp. 175-180.
Hirahima, T. et al., (2010). "Experimental study on fire resistance of H-shaped steel
beams with high strength bolted joints". Journal of Structural and Construction
Engineering, 75(658), pp. 2257-2265.
Hogan, T. J., (1992). "Limit states design of steelwork connections in Australia". Journal
of Constructional Steel Research, 23(1-3), pp. 169-188.
Hu, Y., (2009). "Robustness of flexible endplate connections under fire conditions", s.l.:
PhD Thesis, University of Sheffield, UK.
Hu, G., (2011). "Behaviour of beam shear connections in steel buildings subject to fire",
PhD Thesis, University of Texas, Austin.
Ibrahim, F. S., (1995). "Development of design procedures for steel girder bolted
splices", PhD Thesis, University of Arizona.
ISO834, (1975). "Fire resistance test, elements of buliding constructions". International
Standard ISO 834.
Jaspart, J.-P., (1997). "Contributions to recent advances in the field of steel joints.
Column bases and further configurations for beam-to-column joints and column
bases",University of Liege.
Jaspart, J.-P., (2000). "General Report- Session on connections". Journal of
Constructional Steel Research, 55(1-3), pp. 69-89.
Jaspart, J.-P., (2002). "Design of structural joints in building frames". Progress in
Structural Engineering and Material, Volume 4, pp. 18-34.
Jaspart, J.-P. and Demonceau, J.-F.,(2008). "European design recommendations for
simple joints in steel structures". Journal of Constructional Steel Research, 64(6), pp.
822-832.
References
200
JIS, (2008). "Recommendation for fire resistance design of steel structures". 2nd ed.
Japan: Architerctural Institute of Japan (In Japanese).
Jones, M. H. and Wang, Y. C., (2011). "Shear and bending behaviour of fin-plate to
concrete filled rectangular steel tubular column- Development of simplified calculation
method". Journal of Constructional Steel Research, 67(3), pp. 348-359.
Karsu, B., (1995). "The load deformation response of single bolt connection", Master of
Science Thesis, University of Arizona.
Kirby, B. R., (1986). "Recent developments and applications in Structural Fire
Engineering design- A review". Fire Safety Journal , 11(3), pp. 141-179.
Kirby, B. R. and Preston, R. R., (1988). "High temperature properties of hot-rolled,
structural steels for use in Fire Engineering design studies". Fire Safety Journal, 13(1),
pp. 27-37.
Kirby, B. R., (1995). "The behaviour of high-strength Grade 8.8 bolts in fire". Journal of
Constructional Steel Research, 33(1-2), pp. 3-38.
Kodur, V., Dwaikat, M. and Fike, R., (2010). "High-temperature properties of steel for
fire resistance modelling of structures". Journal of Material in Civil Engineering (ASCE),
22(5), pp. 423-434.
Kruppa, J., (1976). "Resistance en feu des assemblages par boulons haute resistance".
s.l.:Centre Technique Industriel de la Construction Metallique, France.
Kruppa, J., Joyeux, D. and Zhao, B., (2005). "Scientific background to the harmonization
of structural Eurocodes". HERON, 40(5), pp. 219-235.
Kulak, G. L., Fisher, J. W. and Struik, J. A., (1987). "Guide to design criteria for bolted
and riveted joints". 2nd ed. US: Wiley & Sons.
Kurobane, Y., Packer, J. A., Wardenier, J. and Yeomans, N., (2004). "Design guide for
structural hollow sections column connections". Germany: TUV-Verlag GmbH, Kol,
ISBN 3-8249-0802-6.
Lawson, R. M., (1990). "Behaviour of steel beam-to-column connections in fire". The
Structural Engineer, 68(14), pp. 263-271.
References
201
Leston-Jones, L. C., (1997). "The influence of semi-rigid connections on the performance
of steel framed structures in fire", PhD Thesis, University of Sheffield, UK.
Liang, Y.,(2006). "Behaviour of bolted connection during and after a fire", PhD Thesis,
University of Texas, Austin.
Lie, T. T., (1988). "Fire temperature-Time relations". In: The SFPE Handcook of Fire
Protection Engineering 1988. s.l.:Institute for Research in Construction, Canada, pp. 3-
81-3-87.
Lipson, S. L., (1968). "Single angle and single plate beam framing connections".
Toronto, Canadian Structural Engineering Conference.
Madhusi-Raman, P. and Davalos, J. F., (1996). "Behaviour and modelling of single bolt
lap-plate connections". Steel and Composite Structures, pp. 285-293.
Masing, G., (1923). "Zur Heynschen Theorie der Verfestigung der Metalle durch
verborgen elastische Spannungen”. (In German), 3(1), pp. 231-239.
Metzger, K. B., (2006). "Experimental verification of a new single plate shear connection
design model", Master of Science Thesis, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University.
Moore, D. B. and Owens, G. W., (1992). "Verification of design methods for fin-plate
connections". The Structural Engineer, 70(3), pp. 46-53.
Muir, L. S. and Thornton, W. A., (2011). "The development of a new design procedure
for conventional single-plate shear connections". Engineering Journal, 48(2), pp. 141-
152.
Najjar, S. R., (1994). "Three dimensional analysis of steel frames and sub-frames in fire",
PhD Thesis, University of Sheffield, UK.
Nethercot, D. A. and Zandonini, R., (1989). "Method of prediction of joint behaviour:
Beam-to-column connections". In: Structural Connections: Stability and Strength.
London: Elsevier Applied Science, ISBN 978-0-415-54828-1.
Newman, G. M., Robinson, J. T. and Bailey, C. G., (2000). "Fire Safety design: A new
approach to multi-storey steel framed building". London, UK: The Steel Construction
Institute, ISBN 1-859-42120-2.
References
202
NIST, (2005). "Final report on the collapse of the World Trade Center Towers", s.l.:
NIST NCSTAR 1.
NIST, (2008). "Structural fire response and probable collapse sequence of World Trade
Center Building 7", NIST NCSTAR 1-9.
Nwosu, D. I. and Kodur, V. R., (1997). "Steel structures exposed to fire- A state-of-the-
are report", National Research Council Canada, Internal Report No 749, Canada.
Oltman, J., (2004). "The modelling of slip and bearing interactions in bolted connections
subjected to cyclic loading", Colorado: Master of Science Thesis, University of
Cincinnati.
Owens, G. W. and Cheal, B. D., (1989). "Structural steelwork connections". Essex, UK:
Courier International Ltd, ISBN 0-408-01214-5.
Owens, G. W., (1992). "The use of fully threaded bolts for connections in structural
steelwork for buildings". The Structural Engineer, 70(17), pp. 297-300.
Parkinson, D. L. and Kodur, V. R., (2007). "Performance-based design of structural steel
for fire conditions- A calculation methodology". Steel Structures, Volume 7, pp. 219-226.
Petterson, O., (1988). "Practical need of scientific material models for Structural Fire
Design". Fire Safety Journal, 13(1), pp. 1-8.
Purkiss, J., (2009). "Designing steel structures for fire safety". London, UK:
Taylor&Francis Group, ISBN 978-0-415-54828-1.
Ramli-Sulong, N. H., Elghazoulli, A. Y. and Izzuddin, B. A., (2007). "Behaviour and
design of beam-to-column connections under fire conditions". Fire Safety Journal , 42(6-
7), pp. 437-451.
RCSC, (2004). "Specification for structural joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts".
Reserach Council on Structural Connections, Chicago.
Rex, C. O. and Easterling, S. W., (2002). "Behaviour and modelling of single bolt lap-
plate connections". Steel and Composite Structures, 2(4), pp. 277-296.
Rex, C. O. and Easterling, S. W., (2003). "Behaviour and modelling of a bolt bearing on a
single plate". Journal of Structural Engineering, 129(6), pp. 792-800.
References
203
Richard, R. M. and Abbott, B. J., (1975). "A versatile elastic-plastic stress-strain
formula". Journal of the Engineering Mechanics Division (ASCE).
Richard, R. M., Gillett, P. E., Kriegh, J. D. and Lewis, B. A., (1980). "The analysis and
design of single plate framing connections". Engineering Journal, 17(2), pp. 38-52.
Saab, H. A., (1990). "Non-linear finite element analysis of steel frames in fire", UK: PhD
Thesis, University of Sheffield .
Salih, E. L., Gardner, L. and Nethercot, D. A., (2010). "Numerical investigation of net
failure in stainless steel bolted connections". Journal of Constructional Steel Research,
Volume 66, pp. 1455-1466.
Santiago, A., Simoes da Silva, L. and Vila Real, P., (2008a). "Recommendation for the
design of end-plate beam-to-column steel joints subjected to a natural fire". Graz,
Austria, EUROSTEEL 2008.
Santiago, A. et al., (2008a). "Experimental evaluation of the influence of connection
typology on the behaviour of steel structures under fire". Engineering Journal, 46(2), pp.
81-98.
Sarkar, D. and Wallace, B., (1992). "Design of single plate framing connections",
Research Report No FSEL/AISC 91-01, University of Oklahoma, Norman.
Sarraj, M., Burgess, I. W., Davison, J. B. and Plank, R. J., (2007a). "Experimental
investigation of the behaviour of fin-plate connections in fire". Fire Safety Journal,
Volume 42, pp. 408-415.
Sarraj, M., (2007b.) "The behaviour of steel fin-plate connections in fire", PhD Thesis,
University of Sheffield, UK.
Selamet, S. and Garlock, M. E., (2010a). "Robust fire design of single plate shear
connections". Engineering Structures, 32(8), pp. 2367-2378.
Shepherd, P., (1999). "The performance in fire of restrained columns in steel-framed
construction", PhD Thesis, University of Sheffield, UK.
Simoes da Silva, L., Santiago, A. and Vila Real, P., (2001). "A component model for the
behaviour of steel joints at elevated temperatures". Journal of Constructional Steel
Research, 57(11), pp. 1169-1195.
References
204
Spyrou, S., (2002). "Development of component-based model of steel beam-to-column
joints at elevated temperature", PhD Thesis, University of Sheffield, UK.
Stankevicius, J., Grondin, G. Y. and Kulak, G. L., (2009). "Measurement of slip
coefficient for Grade ASTM A588 Steel", Canada: Structural Engineering Report, Report
No 268, University of Alberta.
Steenhuis, C. M., Stark, J. B. and Gresnigt, A. M., (1997). "Cost-Effective connections".
Progress in Structural Engineering and Materials, 1(1), pp. 18-24.
Steurer, A., (1999). "The structural behaviour and rotation capacity of bolted end-plate
connections", Zurich, Switzerland (In German): Institute of Technology (ETH).
Tide, R. R., (1998). "Integrity of structural steel after exposure to fire". Engineering
Journal, Volume First Quarter, pp. 26-38.
Tschemmernegg, F. et al., (1987). "Semi-rigid joints of frame structures Vol.1". Stahlbau
, 56(10), pp. 299-306.
Tschemmernerg, F. and Humer, C. H., (1988). "The design of structural steel frames
under consideration of the nonlinear behaviour of joints". Journal of Constructional Steel
Research, Volume 11, pp. 73-103.
Tschemmernerg, F., Lener, G. and Taus, M., (1989). "Semi-rigid joints of frame
structures Vol-2". Stahlbau, 58(2), pp. 45-52.
Twilt, L., (1988). "Strength and deformation properties of steel at elevated temperatures:
Some practical implications". Fire Safety Journal, 13(1), pp. 9-15.
Usmani, A. S. et al., (2001). "Fundamental Principles of Structural Behaviour under
Thermal Effect". Fire Safety Journal, Volume 36, pp. 721-744.
Wald, F., (2005). Behaviour of steel beam under fire. Prague: Czech Technical
University.
Wald, F., Strejcek, M. and Ticha, A., (2006a). "On bolted connection with intumescent
coatings". University of Aveiro: 4th International Workshop "Structures in Fire-SIF'06".
Wald, F. et al., (2006b). "Experimental behaviour of a steel structures under natural fire".
Fire Safety Journal, 41(7), pp. 509-522.
References
205
Wang, Y. C., (2002). "Steel and composite structures: Behaviour and design for fire
safety". London and New York: Spon Press. ISBN 0-415-24436-6.
Wang, Y. C., Dai, X. H. and Bailey, C. G., (2011). "An experimental study of relative
structural fire behaviour and robustness of different types of steel joint in restrained steel
frames". Journal of Constructional Steel Research, 67(7), pp. 1149-1163.
Yang, B. and Tan, K. H., (2012). "Numerical analysis of steel beam-to-column joints
subjected to catenary actions". Journal of Constructional Steel Research, 70(3), pp. 1-11.
Yin, Y. Z. and Wang, Y. C., (2005). " Analysis of catenary action in steel beams using a
simplified hand calculation method, Part 1: Theory and validation for uniform
temperature distribution". Journal of Constructional Steel Research, Volume 61, pp. 183-
211.
Yu, H., Burgess, I. W., Davison, J. B. and Plank, R. J., (2009). "Experimental
investigation of the behaviour of fin-plate connections in fire". Journal of Constructional
Steel Research, 65(3), pp. 723-736.
Zoetemeijer, P., (1983). "Summary of the research on bolted beam-to-column
connections (period 1978-1983)", Delft: Seven Laboratory, Report No. 6-85-M.
Appendix
206
APPENDIX
A.1 Beam-to-column fin-plate connection configuration
Detailing of the beam-column;
Column size UC 254 × 254 × 89
Steel grade(column) S 355
Beam size UB 305 ×165 × 40 × 6
Steel grade (beam) S 275
Detailing of the fin-plate connection;
Diameter of the bolt, db = 20mm (M20 Grade 8.8)
Fin-plate (Grade S275);
Thickness, tf = 8mm (≤ 0.5db)
Length, l = 200mm (> 0.6D for 305 UB)
Depth, = 100mm
Clearance gap, = 10mm
Fin-plate connection design method (BCSA, 2002)
Shear strength of the bolts
From capacity table in H.27 in yellow pages;
Connection shear capacity = 113kN > 100kN
For single line of bolts;
Resultant force on outermost bolt due to direct shear and moment;
Direct force per bolt,
Eccentric bending moment,
Modulus of bolt group,
Force on the outermost bolt due to moment,
Appendix
207
Resultant force per bolt,
For 305 x 165 x 40 UB Grade S275
Bearing capacity of bolt,
Therefore,
Bolt group shear strength,
a) Shear strength of the plate
Shear area,
Net area,
Plain shear capacity of fin plate,
Block shear capacity of fin plate,
(where k = 0.5, and
Appendix
208
Therefore,
Shear capacity of fin plate,
b) Shear and bending interaction
Shear criteria for bending;
Eccentric moment,
Fin-plate connection design method (EC3-1-8, 2005b; EC3-1-1, 2005d)
Partial safety factors
γMO = 1.0
γM2 = 1.25 (for shear resistance at ULS)
γM,u = 1.1 (for tying resistance at ULS)
a) Joint shear resistance
Bolts in shear
Shear resistance of a single bolt Fv,Rd given in Table 3.4 (EC3-1-8)
Appendix
209
Where; αV = 0.6 for Class 8.8 bolts
For a single vertical line of bolts, α = 0
Therefore,
Fin-plate in bearing
For a single vertical line of bolts, α = 0 and β = 0.42.
The bearing resistance of a single bolt, Fb,Rd,ver is given in Table 3.4 (EC3-1-8);
Where;
Therefore,
Similarly, for horizontal bearing resistance, Fb,Rd,hor
Appendix
210
Beam web in bearing
For a single vertical line of bolts, α = 0 and β = 0.42.
The bearing resistance of a single bolt, Fb,Rd,ver is given in Table 3.4 (EC3-1-8);
Where;
Therefore,
Similarly, for horizontal bearing resistance, Fb,Rd,hor
b) Joint tying resistance
Bolts in shear
Appendix
211
Where,
Fin-plate in bearing
For a single vertical line of bolts, α = 0 and β = 0.42.
The bearing resistance of a single bolt, Fb,Rd,hor is given in Table 3.4 (EC3-1-8);
Where;
Therefore,
Beam web in bearing
For a single vertical line of bolts, α = 0 and β = 0.42.
The bearing resistance of a single bolt, Fb,Rd,hor is given in Table 3.4 (EC3-1-8);
Where;
Appendix
212
Therefore,
c) Ductility check
If then
From the summary table
Since , therefore the ductility is ensured.
Appendix
213
A.2 Design of beam section
Characteristic floor loading
Permanent action, gk 3.5kN/m2
Variable action, qk 2.0/m2
Floor geometry;
Beam span, L =7.0m
Spacing of beam = 6.0m
Material properties;
Steel grade, fy = 275 N/mm2
Elastic Modulus , Ea = 210000N/mm2
Capacity of the section at ambient temperature
The beam section chosen is 454×152×60 UB, which is Class 1 section.
At ultimate limit state (ULS)
Partial factors for actions is obtained from EN 1990, Table A1.2 (B)
Partial factor for permanent actions γG 1.35
Partial factor for permanent action γQ 1.5
Reduction factor ξ 0.85
Design value of combined actions on beams,
γG Gk + γQ Qk
= (1.35 × 3.5)* 6.0 + (1.35 × 2.0)*6.0
= 28.35+16.2
= 44.55kN/m
Design moment and shear force
Maximum design moment MED occurs at mid-span, and for bending about major axis is:
Appendix
214
Maximum design shear VED occurs at mid-span, and for bending about major axis is:
Moment resistance of chosen section, 454×152×60 UB,
Plastic modulus, Wpl = 1287.0 cm3
Moment capacity, Mpl, Rd = Wpl × fy
= 353.9kNm (Mpl, Rd > Msd, OK)
Shear resistance
Shear area , Av = 3931.mm2
Shear capacity, Vpl, Rd = Av ( fy / √3)
= 624.3 kNm (Vpl, Rd > Vsd, OK)
Design loading in fire
Design moment at the fire limit state ( EN 1993-1-2, Cl 2.4.2)
Where;
Combination factor, Ψ1,1 = 0.5
For Gk = 3.5 kN/m2 , Qk = 2.0 kN/m
2
Appendix
215
Reduction factor,
Therefore,
Design moment in fire, Mfi, d = 0.57×318.35
= 181.46 kNm